HARVARD UNIVERSITY Library of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 1. THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTEKA QTF THE TERTIARY OF FLORISSANT, COLORADO. By Charles -T. Brues. With One Plate. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM January, 1910. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the East- ern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission .Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieutenant Commander L. M. Garrett, U. S. N., Commanding, published or in preparation: — A. AGASSIZ. V. 5 General Report on the Expedition. A. AGASSIZ. I. 1 Three Letters to Geo. M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Com. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The Echini, B. BIGELOW. B. BIGELOW. P. BIGELOW. CARLGREN. XVI. 10 The Medusae. The fciphonopho'ros. The Stomatopods. The Actinaria. H. H. R. O. S.F.CLARKE. VIII. 8 The Hydriods. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. L. J. COLE. XlX.io The Pycnogonida. W. H.DALL. XIV." TheMollusks. C. R. EASTMAN. VII. 7 The Sharks' Teeth. B. W. EVERMANN. The Fishes. W G. FARLOW. The Algae. S. GARMAN. XII. 12 The Reptiles H. J.HANSEN. The Cirripeds. The Schizopods. The Insects. The Cephalopods. III. 3 IX. B XX.ao The Pro- H. J. HANSEN. S. HENSHAW. W. E. HOYLE. C. A. KOFOID. tozoa. P. KRUMBACH. The Sagittae. R. VON LENDENFELD. The Siliceous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Holothurians. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes. H. LUDWIG. The Ophiurans. G. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. JOHN MURRAY and G. V. LEE. XVII. 17 The Bottom Specimens. MARY J. RATHBUN. X. 1 " The Crusta- cea Decapoda. HARRIET RICHARDSON. II> The Isopods. W. E. RITTER. IV. 4 The Tunicates. ALICE ROBERTSON. The Bryozoa. B.L.ROBINSON. The Plants. G. O.SARS. TheCopepods. F. E. SCHULZE. XI." The Xenophyo- phoras. H. R. SIMROTH. The Pteropods and Heteropods. E. C. STARKS. XIII. 13 Atelaxia. TH. STUDER. The Alcyonaria. JH. THIELE. XV. 15 Bathysciadium. T. W. VAUGHAN. VI. 6 The Corals. R. WQLTERECK. XVIII. 1S The Am- phipods. W. McM WOODWORTH. The Annelids. 1 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 4, April, 1905, 22 pp. 2 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 6, July, 1905, 4 pp., 1 pi. s Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 9, September, 1905, 5 pp., 1 pi. 4 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 13, January, 1906, 22 pp., 3 pis. . 6 Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXIII., January, 1906, 90 pp., 96 pis. 6 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 3, August, 1906, 14 pp., 10 pis. 7 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 4. November, 1906, 26 pp., 4 pis. 8 Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXV., No. 1, February, 1907, 20 pp., 15 pis. s Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 6, February, 1907, 48 pp., 18 pis. >o Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXV., No. 2, August, 1907, 56 pp., 9 pis. 11 Bull. M. C. Z„ Vol. LI., No. 6, November, 1907, 22 pp., 1 pi. !2 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIE, No. 1, June, 1908, 14 pp., 1 pi. 1 s Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIT.; No 2, July, 1908, S pp., 5 pis. 14 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLIII., No. 6, October, 1908, 285 pp., 22 pis. 16 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIE, No. 5, October, 1908, 11 pp., 2 pis. »e Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXVII. , February, 1909, 243 pp., 48 pis. 17 Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXVIII., No. 1, June, 1909, 172 pp., 5 pis., 3 maps. 18 Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIE, No. 9, June, 1909, 26 pp., 8 pis. » Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIE, No. 11, August, 1909, 10 pp., 3 pis. »° Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIE, No. 13, September, 1909, 48 pp., 4 pis. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 1. THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA OF THE TERTIARY OF FLORISSANT, COLORADO. By Charles T. Brues. With One Plate. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM January, 1910. No. 1. — The Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Tertiary of Florissant, Colorado. By Charles T. Brues. The present paper is based upon studies on the parasitic Hymenop- tera contained in the very extensive collection of fossil insects made many years ago by Dr. Samuel H. Scudder at Florissant, Colorado, and now contained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. In addition, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell has sent me much material from the same locality obtained by expeditions under his charge during the summers of 1907 and 1908, most of this second series belonging to the American Museum of Natural History. In all I have had the opportunity to examine over 700 well-preserved specimens of insects belonging to this group, among which there are 112 clearly defined species which are described on the following pages. Adding to these the 13 species previously described by Professor Cockerell and the present writer, the total number so far found at Florissant is 125. The very large number of species of parasitic Hymenoptera repre- sented at Florissant shows it to be by far the richest locality in the world for these insects, as it has already been found to be by Scudder for many other groups. This is shown in the following table which gives a comparison between the several important places where fossil parasitic Hymenoptera have been found. Number of Tertiary species of parasitic Hymenoptera found in various localities. o3 -a ft >, M o 03 0) 0) 3 a) 03 > o o 15 o 76 5 W CO O Miocene Florissant 5 3 23 2 1 125 Upper Miocene Oeningen ] 6 7 Lower Miocene Radoboj 5 5 Lower Oligocene Baltic Amber 1 3 12 15 6 2 39 Lower Oligocene Aix, France 1 9 2 12 4 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. With the exception of a single genus and species (Ephialtites) from the Upper Jurassic, no parasitic Hymenoptera are known before the Tertiary. However, the quite typical character of Ephialtites, and the abundance in which the group appears in deposits of Lower Oligocene age show that it must have been clearly differentiated and well developed at least before the beginning of the Tertiary. The discovery of Ephialtites in rocks so much older than those in which other of the higher Hymenoptera have been found has led Handlirsch to derive both the parasitic and aculeate Hymenoptera from this type. In this I cannot agree with him and strongly suspect that the greater antiquity of Ephialtites, if it be a truly ichneumonoid form, must be only apparent, and due to our very imperfect knowledge of the earlier fossil insects. However this may be, we know from the Oligocene and Miocene an extremely large fauna which must of course represent only a small fragment of what actually existed. It will be seen from the taxonomic part of this paper that many species are known only from single specimens, which agrees well with what we find in collections of recent species belonging to this group, and evidences not only their verv general occurrence but their high degree of differentiation into numerous closely allied species. The beautiful preservation of most of the Florissant species makes it possible to refer the great majority of them to living genera with a considerable degree of certainty — that is of course speaking of recent genera in the wide sense as used by the older writers. In some cases it has been possible to place species with still greater certainty, and in these cases the name of the more modern subdivision or genus in the restricted sense has been employed. Even in the case of speci- mens too poorly preserved to describe, I have rarely been in doubt as to the family to which they should be referred, and well-preserved specimens are usually easily placed in the subfamilies and genera if one is familiar with the details of structure in modern forms, and willing to scrutinize the fossils with great care. This last is extremely important for one is often badly deceived at first sight by obliterated or unduly prominent structures. On the whole, the wings are the most important characters to be studied. They are usually well preserved, generally lying between the laminae of the shale where it splits in exposing the specimen. Very few specimens show well-preserved legs, although the hind femora and tibiae often show quite prominently. As a rule the speci- mens can be studied advantageously under a rather strong magnifica- tion, and most of those which I have described were examined under a BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTEKA. 5 compound microscope with two-thirds objective and two inch eye- piece. Since many of the details are indicated by color rather than surface structure, it is necessary to examine both by obliquely reflected light and bv as nearly vertical illumination as possible. The latter can be obtained either by using an objective furnished with a prism for vertical illumination, or by placing on the stage of the microscope around the specimen, the rim of a deep pillbox from which the bottom has been removed. This simple device shuts off all very oblique light and renders visible wing venation and other characters which are otherwise often very difficult to make out. One of the most remarkable facts connected with the preservation of the Florissant insects is the apparent fidelity with which colors are usually preserved or indicated. It is not so difficult to understand the preservation of metallic colors which are dependent upon physical structure, but the distinction between red, black, and yellow is usually also retained as well as the difference between hyaline and infuscated wings. This is proven beyond all doubt by the similar color of different specimens belonging to the same species, and the general color tendencies of fossil species as compared . with those of recent related forms. In a small proportion of the specimens carbonization has proceeded to the point of blackening the entire specimen but this is unusual. There is probably no doubt that a part of the color differ- entiation both in recent and fossil insects of these groups is dependent upon the thickness of the chitin covering the different parts of the body, and it is much easier to see how this may have been preserved than to understand the retention of actual pigment colors or their proper representation. The peculiar method of entombment of these fossils must be, I think, in great part responsible for this. The vol- canic ash of which the matrix was formed, was evidently very fine, and its similarity to cement rock has led me to believe that the rapidity with which it originally hardened must have been very great. This would account in great measure for the failure of the chitin to macerate as it will do in the presence of much water, and perhaps also for the presence of pigment. In his Tertiary Insects ('90, p. 24) Scudder quotes Dr. M. E. "Wadsworth who examined specimens of these insect- bearing shales, to the effect that they probably originated from a moya, or mudflow which was rapidly deposited in the shallow waters of the Florissant lake without any preliminary erosion. That the deposition and hardening of the shales was unusually rapid seems to me un- doubted, for in no other way can I account for the presence of 6 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. pigmental colors and the preservation of microscopic structures like wing hairs with such wonderful perfection. The distribution of the Miocene parasitic Hymenoptera among the various groups is very interesting and I have attempted to represent graphically in the accompanying diagram (Plate 1) the comparative abundance of the several families and smaller groups during Recent, Miocene, and Oligocene times. In order to make the diagram more easily understood, the comparative numbers and not the actual ones are shown by the width of the black lines for each period since the numbers of species known vary much in proportion for the three periods. 1 Only one family, the Ichneumonidae, was proportionately more abundant in Miocene times than at present and its abundance was caused entirely by the occurrence of a much larger number of species in two of its subfamilies, the Ophioninae and Pimplinae; the other three subfamilies, Ichneumoninae, Cryptinae, and Tryphoninae were about as well represented then as now. The Braconidae appear to have become less numerous, and I believe the change has been even greater than is shown by the diagram, since fossil Braconidae are usually more poorly preserved than the Ichneumonidae, due probably to their softer bodies and wings. The Evaniidae appear to have become less abundant in recent times, but this may possibly be due to the small number of species on which the calculation is based. The Chalcidoidea (exclusive of the Mymaridae which are omitted on account of their disproportionate abundance in amber) seem to be on the ascendent, but the number of species of Proetotrypoidea and Cynipoidea is so small that they do not furnish a satisfactory basis for any deductions of this nature. I have not been able to find much evidence bearing on the probable relationships of the Florissant fauna from a study of the Parasitic Hymenoptera. This is disappointing, but really to be expected, for the group, with minor exceptions, is very widely distributed at the present time and extremely similar the World over. A few points of interest may however be worthy of review. The occurrence of a fig insect shows a tropical element in the fauna, but only serves to strengthen the evidence offered by the presence of fossil fig leaves in the flora. Australian and South African affinities are suggested by 1 1 have used as a basis for the number of recent species, Cresson's Catalogue of North American Hymenoptera. It is now rather old, but I think the proportion of species to be placed in the several families has not changed materially since the time of its pub- lication. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 7 the occurrence of Leptobatopsis and Ormyrodes respectively, but these may have no general significance, and I do not believe that they have. The abundance of Ophioninae and Pimplinae, particularly of the former, would appear to be expressions of Neotropical tenden- cies, and I think they may quite probably be so. The exact relationships of the present fauna of the United States and of that of Florissant during Miocene times can be traced in the accompanying table. The number of fossil species are contrasted with the number of recent species occurring in the United States (according to Cresson, 1888) and the third column of figures gives the proportionate number of species in the two faunae. GROUP Number of recent Number of fossil Proportionate species in the U. S. Florissant species number. Proetotrypoidea 75 5 100:6.6 Cynipoidea 191 3 100:1.5 Chalcidoidea 413 15 100:3.6 Evaniidae 31 2 100:6.4 Iehneumonidae 1326 77 100:5.6 Ichneumoninae 343 13 100:3.8 Cryptinae 280 6 100:2.1 Pimplinae 211 17 100:8.0 Tryphoninae 249 13 100:5.2 Ophioninae 243 28 100:11.5 Alysiidae 40 2 100:5.0 Braconidae 292 19 100:6.5 Stephanidae 4 1 100:25.0 The designation of the special localities for certain of the species collected by Professor Cockerell's expeditions is in accordance with his numbers of stations as given in one of his recent papers (:07). The specimens in the Scudder collection have no indication of which specific localities or beds they were taken from, except that all were taken from the Florissant lake basin. I wish to gratefully acknowledge the courtesy of the authorities of the Museum of Comparative Zoology for the loan of the Scudder collection and the assistance given by Professor Cockerell who first suggested to me the great interest attaching to the Florissant fauna, and who aided by the sending of much material. I am indebted to Dr. H. C. Bumpus and Mr. R. W. Miner of the American Museum s bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. of Natural History for the fine figures of the types belonging to that in- stitution, which they had made as illustrations. 1 The task of working up the material has consumed much more time than I anticipated when I undertook it fully two years ago, due not only to many interruptions, but to the necessarily slow methods of studying and comparing the specimens which belong to a group unusually difficulty to classify. For these reasons the work has been very tedious but I hope that future students may not be misled into thinking it uninteresting. On the contrary, it is extremely fascinating. BETHYLIDAE. Handlirsch in his recent work (:07) on fossil insects records the presence of a species of this family in Baltic Amber and I have already figured (:06) a strange species from Florissant which most likely is a bethylid. In the present series there is one very finely preserved species be- longing to the genus Epyris. Epyris deletus, sp. now (Fig. 1.) Female. Length 5.5 mm. Black; the antennae brownish, except at the base, and the abdomen brownish toward the tip. Head (as preserved) but slightly wider than long. Antennae of the typical attenuated form, stout basally and involute, the number of joints not ascertainable; those near the middle quadrate. Surface of head faintly shagreened. Prothorax about one-third longer than the mesonotum, which seen from the side is about as long as the metanotum. The latter carinate laterally, i. e. with a raised margin, its. lateral angles rather prominent, quadrate. Abdomen slightly longer than the head and thorax to- gether, seen from the side of the typical form or perhaps slightly more slender or elongate. Legs, except one of the anterior ones not pre- served; this is very strongly incrassated, and brownish yellow on the tibia and tarsus. Wings hyaline, with elongate, 1 The manuscript of the present paper was completed before the writer severed his connection with the Milwaukee Public Museum, and he wishes to take this opportunity to thank Mr. H. L. Ward, the Director of the Museum, for the interest taken by him in the progress of the work. Fig. 1. — Epyris deletus, sp nov. Type. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 9 narrow, fuscous stigma; two basal cells; marginal cell open, but the radial vein is very long, four or five times as long as the short basal vein; veins, except the costal, pale. One specimen, No. A3, very nicely preserved in lateral aspect from Professor Cockerell's Station No. 17. Type in the Arner. Mus. Nat. Hist. This is a very typical bethylid and is perhaps better referred to Mesitius than to Epyris. As however, Kieffer believes that the American recent species of Mesitius which this approaches in the short basal and long radial veins are not generically distinct from Epyris, I have placed it here. The scutellar fovea, which is the only character to distinguish the two genera as restricted by Ashmead does not show, and Kieffer restricts Mesitius to a group of species with the lateral angles of the metathorax produced, to which the present form certainly does not belong. *&• CERAPHRONIDAE. A single species belonging to Ceraphron is recorded by Burmeister ('31) as occurring in Baltic Amber. PROCTOTRYPIDAE. This group as here restricted is for the first time recorded in the fossil state. Proctotrypes exhumatus, sp. nov. (Fig. 2.) Female. Length 5.5 mm. Black, the abdomen reddish except at the base and the tip of the terebra, the black extending farther back on the venter Fig. 2. — Proctotrypes exhumatus, sp. nov. Portion of wing and profile of ab- domen of type. than on the dorsal surface, although the tips of the second and third segments appear to be blackened above. Antennae 13-jointed, the first flagellar joint 10 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. one and one-half times as long as the second ; second and the ones immediately following between two and three times as long as thick. Head not thick antero- posteriorly. Metanotum and metapleurae irregularly rugose; the mesonotum without distinct parapsidal furrows. Base of second abdominal segment fluted along the sides; terebra a little shorter than the posterior tibia, the last abdominal segment being much extruded also. Spur of posterior tibia indis- tinctly preserved. Wings more or less infuscated toward the middle. Costal cell present; veins and stigma dark, marginal cell rather small, shorter than the stigma. This is a typical representative of the genus closely allied to the recent P. caudatus Say. Six specimens. Type.— No. 2055, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 4391, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Other specimens, M. C. Z., Nos. 2056-2059, Nos. 845, S3S9, 10S94, 8111, S. H. Scudder Coll.); and A 97 from Professor Cockerell, the latter in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. The specimen from Professor Cockerell was collected by Mr. S. A. Rohwer at Station 13. M. C. Z., No. 2059 (No. 8111 S. H. Scudder Coll.) may not be the same species as the terebra and last abdominal segment are more strongly exserted and apparently longer. BELYTIDAE. . This family is known fossil only at Florissant so far as I am aware, although some of the earlier references to Proctotrypidae may possibly be based on members of the present group. In addition to Pantoclis deperdita Brues (:06), I have the following: Belyta mortuella, sp. nov. (Fig. 3.) Male. Length 2.25 mm. Probably entirely dark colored, black or piceous, perhaps the legs and antennae a little lighter. Antennae as long or somewhat exceeding the body in length, -.v filiform but rather stout, the ^~~0^ _. extreme apex not preserved. ... -v , "^^="^0\ Several joints before the middle >zg&g^^^i~^if' <>t' the flagellum subequal, each M: g ;~ ■•'■ ' /™^0^ifi^ ^ l ^* ia * ra * =a * : *V about four times as long as thick, ^i&S2 ? \ those following to near the tip \ similar but somewhat shorter. Body shining, the mesonotum - Belyta mortuella, sp. nov. Type. ^ deep ^ complete parap . sidal furrows; metathorax cari- nated and quite distinctly areolated on the sides. The specimen is seen in BRUES: PARASITIC HYMEXOPTEHA. 11 lateral view and the absence or presence of a median carina cannot be made out. Abdomen nearly as long as the head and thorax together, the petiole nearly twice as long as thick, coarsely striated. Second segment very large, covering nearly the entire surface; entirely smooth, following all short, transverse-linear, together only about one-sixth the length of the second. Wings and legs not preserved. One specimen, A32, collected by Mr. S. A. Rohwer at Station No. 14. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. This is a typical belvtid, not very readily assignable with assurance to any particular genus, and therefore left in Belyta, sensu lato. DIAPRIIDAE. Two genera, one of them new, are represented each by a single species in the present series from Florissant. Paramesius defectus, sp. nov. (Fig. 4.) Female. Length 4-5 mm. Black; antennae at base and legs reddish brown. Antennae probably 13-jointed, gradually clavate, all of the flagellar joints however longer than wide. Thorax oval, rather long, the meso- notum with complete but rather delicate parapsidal furrows. Scu- tellum with a large, broad trans- verse median fovea at the base. Metathorax very short, with three longitudinal carinae. Abdomen rather short, twisted at the base in the type so that the petiole is not preserved; broadest just beyond the middle. Wings slightly, but distinctly infuscated; submarginal vein long, two-thirds the length of the wing, stigmated Legs long and slender. Paramesius defectus, sp. Basal vein obsolete. One specimen. Type.— No. 2061, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 13,394, S. H. Scudder Coll.). The specimen is not well preserved, but undoubtedly is a member of this genus or of a very closely related one. The head of the type is peculiarly constricted, but I think this is undoubtedly due to the pressure of the matrix. 12 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Galesimorpha, gen. nov. Head produced as in Galesus, elongate. Wings with a submarginal vein distinct from the margin, ending in a stigma at one-half the length of the wing. Basal vein very distinct. Type. — G. wheeleri, sp. nov. This is very much like Galesus to which it appears to be more closely related than to any other genus so far described, but differs by its distinctly veined wings. Galesimorpha wheeleri, sp. nov. (Fig. 5.) Female. Length 3.3 mm. Black, with the legs and antennae brownish. Head longer than wide when seen from above, the ledge above the antennae emarginate on each side of the middle which is produced as a tooth; just at t,n<. "">">' :r, '-'"/„,,, Fig. 5. — Galesimorpha wheeleri, sp. nov. Type. the middle the head is strongly constricted. Mesonotum shining, convex, with two strong, complete parapsidal furrows distinctly convergent behind. Scutellum large, with a large fovea on each side at the middle, the two con- BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 13 nected by an impressed arcuate line which bows forward nearly to the base of the scutellum. Postscutellum with a pair of median foveae basally, a pos- terior impressed line and an oblique impressed line. Metathorax short, smooth, with three longitudinal carinae, the median one not furcate. Abdo- men as long as the head and thorax together, rather slender; petiole one-third as long as the abdomen, longitudinally fluted. Second segment three times as long as the following together, less than one-half as broad as long and coarsely striated at its extreme base. Wings faintly infuscated; submarginal vein about one-half as long as the wing. Legs long and slender, clavate. One specimen, beautifully preserved, No. A52, collected at Station 13 by Prof. W. M. Wheeler. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. In general appearance it is very much like a true Galesus. FIGITIDAE. The single species of this family in the present collection seems to be the first one discovered in the fossil state. Figites solus, sp. nov. (Fig. 6.) Male. Length 2.7 mm. Probably entirely black, except metathorax, base of abdomen, and the legs which are rufous or dark reddish brown. An- tennae dark brown, 13-jointed, slender, the club very slightly thickened, two-jointed, its second joint shorter and narrower than the first. First flagellar joint long, fully twice as long as the second which is equal to the pedicel; following to the ^ss&^X club about equal, ovate in form. V - - ^V^", Tlmrav sppii in lntprn-dnrsnl view. \X &...- *%$§£■■' ■ ' 7 ,.''•; Thorax seen in latero-dorsal view, \\ &^sM$$£;-' ' "tf m enough of the dorsum being ^v ^& •'- *•»•"' \\ visible to show the presence of %. '%^^ -.„,.. ■■••-...,. ,., ; ; ; v '..a : ^ parapsidal furrows, and the ••-:-... W ■■/■■? : - ; ' A probable absence of a cupuliform ""^isKfelr "'J^ shape to the scutellum. Abdo- /^^k^^ 1 ^ men subsessile, about as long as the head and thorax together, ^ Fig. 6.- Figites solus, sp. nov. Type. apparently not pubescent at the base, although this character may have been lost in the process of preserva- tion. Legs rather stout for this group. Wings hyaline, the veins pale brown; radial cell apparently about two times as long as wide. One specimen, A60 collected by Mr. S. A. Rohwer at Station 17. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 14 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Although quite well preserved, I can refer the species to Figites only in the wide sense. The slender antennae seem to exclude it from the Eucoilinae. CYNIPIDAE. Cynips has been twice recorded from Amber, first by Schlotheim ('20) and later by Presl ('22). Menge ('56) notes the presence of the family in Amber, and Gravenhorst ('35) mentions Diastrophus (Diplo- lepis) from the same source. From Florissant I have representatives of two of the three sub- families recognized by Ashmead, the Cynipinae and the Ibaliinae. Cynipinae. There are in the collection four species which I take to be true gall- flies, but from lack of personal knowledge, I have left them undescribed. A single specimen, however, which appears to represent a leaf gall, is I think worthy of specific record. Andricus myricae, sp. nov. (Fig. 7.) Gall regularly elliptic when seen from above, 6 mm. long and 3.5 mm. wide, placed next to the midrib of a leaf of either Myrica obscura Lx. or Myrica drymeja (Lx.) Knowlton (M.faUax), at a point where the leaf is about 13 mm. broad. Curiously enough Lesquereux has figured a leaf of M . fallax with gall-like excrescences upon it similar to this one in his Cretaceous and Tertiary Flora ('83, pi. XXXII, fig. 14). One specimen. Type— No. 2064, M. C. Z., Flo- rissant, Col. (No. 3812, S. H. Scudder Coll.). It is of course impossible to be definite regarding the systematic posi- tion of a fossil gall, or even to be per- fectly sure that the specimen is an insect gall. However, under a magnification of about forty diameters the concentric arrangement of tissue remaining about the periphery of the cicatrix leaves little doubt that the large central ovoid area which has now flaked off the rock Fig. 7. — Andricus myricae, sp. nov. Type. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 15 represents an insect gall. Its size and position on the leaf suggest the cynipid Andricus. In connection with this it is interesting to note that there are in the collection a few insects which are quite probably referable to the recent genus Andricus, most of the living species of which are believed to form galls on various species of Quercus. So far as I can ascertain no galls on Myrica produced by recent species have been described. We can never hope to associate fossil gall-flies with their habitations in a specific way, and it seems justifiable therefore, to give the present gall a specific name. Ibaliinae. Protoibalia, gen. nov. Head and thorax coarsely sculptured, the abdomen shining, but little longer than the head and thorax together. Ovipositor prominent, at least longer than the abdomen and probably much longer as the tip is not preserved in the type specimen. Antennae of the female filiform, apparently 13-jointed, the apical flagellar joints shorter than the basal ones. Metathorax short, truncate ; scutellum unarmed. Abdomen sessile, elongate oval. Legs moderately stout, the posterior femur broad, but nearly as long as its tibia. Hind metatarsus apparently equal in length to the following taken together. Wings with the radial cell much shorter and broader than in Ibalia; three submarginal cells, the first large and indistinctly closed below, second very small, third open. A most remarkable genus which combines characters of Ibalia and certain true cynipines. In habitus it is somewhat suggestive of Leucos- pis, in fact after a preliminary examination of the reverse which. does not show the wing, I had labeled it "related to Leucospis?" Type. — P. eonncxiva, sp. nov. Protoibalia connexiva, sp. nov. (Fig. 8.) Female. Length 5 mm. Yellow, varied with black. Antennae brownish, legs basally and the posterior pair almost entirely dark; abdomen with the segments dark below and apically. Head rugose punctate; antennae slender, of equal thickness throughout, except for the swollen scape. Pedicel less than one-half as long as the first flagellar joint which is about four times as long as thick; second longer than the first ; following growing shorter. Thorax roughly sculptured, the mesonotum transversely rugose; propleurae irregu- larly so. Metathorax and probably also the scutellum rugose. Abdomen 16 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. apparently with five segments of approximately equal length, the first two somewhat shorter. Wings hyaline, the veins brown. Fig. 8. — Protoibalia connexiva, gen. et sp. nov. Type. Type.— No. 2065, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 13,514, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Also the reverse, No. 2066 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 13897, S. H. Sendder Coll.). AGAONIDAE. The occurrence of what is undoubtedly a true fig insect among the specimens from Florissant is one of the most interesting discoveries which I have made. The presence of fossil fig trees in the Florissant flora is already known, and the occurrence of a fig insect shows that they were undoubt- edly then fertilized through the agency of Agaonidae just as they are at the present day. Tetrapus mayri, sp. nov. (Fig. 9.) Female. Length 4 mm. Probably dark colored, although nearly all the color indications are flaked off in the type. Head preserved in lateral view; very long, proclinate, fully twice as long as thick. Antennae apparently 11- jointed, rather stout, the scape short, pedicel small, flagellum not thickened apically, first three joints about quadrate; following also apparently about the same shape, the last probably longer. Thorax above and on the pleurae coarsely sculptured, transversely rugose-striate, merely striate or aciculate on the pleurae anteriorly. Thorax strongly arched above, the metathorax long, with some transverse irregular areas anteriorly. Spiracles very large and BRUES: PARASITIC HYMEXOPTERA. 17 prominent, oval. Abdomen only two-thirds as long as the thorax, seen later- ally it is suddenly truncate apically (the tip missing ?). Ovipositor exserted, but broken away near the base in the type. Anterior and posterior legs very strong and swollen, their coxae large, triquetrous. Middle legs small or wanting, at least not indicated in the specimen, although the ante- rior and posterior pairs are very well preserved and quite prominent. Wings hyaline, venation not distinguishable. Described from one specimen. Type.— No. 2067, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 13,976, S. H. Scudder Coll.). It is not very well preserved in certain parts, but most interesting as the only known fossil belonging to the group of fig insects. It is also a representative of a family at present confined, to the tropical and semitropical regions of both hemispheres, and thus shows a distinct southern element in the Florissant insect fauna. The genus Tetrapus Mayr to which I have referred it occurs at the present time in Brazil where it is represented by a single species, T. americanus, described by the late Dr. Gustav Mayr, a well-known authority on fig insects in whose memory I take a very great pleasure in dedicating the fossil form. Fig. 9. — Tetrapus mayri, sp. nov. Type. TOYRMIDAE. The presence of a species of Torynjus in the Middle Oligocene of Brunstatt in Alsatia has been noted by Forster ('91), but no other fossil members of this family have been previously made known. The Florissant material contains three genera, one of them new, represent- ing in all six species. Torymus sackeni, sp. nov. (Fig. 10.) Female. Length 9 mm. Ovipositor nearly as long as the body. Stout, robust, black, the abdomen brownish or reddish yellow. Head finely striated, 18 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. obliquely so on the lower part, and vertically so above. Entire upper side of thorax and scutellum closely and finely transversely aciculate, the acicula- tions arranged in coarse transverse rugae. Abdomen elliptic, broad when Fig. 10. — Torymus sackenii, sp. nov. Type. seen in lateral aspect. Ovipositor stout, curving upward, issuing from the tip of the abdomen, but visible as an impression in the specimen to the base of the abdomen where it curves upward to the middle of the basal part of the abdomen. Wings and legs not preserved. Type.— No. 2068, M. C. Z, Florissant, Col. (No. 12,869, S. H. Scud- der Coll.). This may be a Palaeotorymus but its large size and stout habitus recall so strongly the North American T. magnificus O. S. that I have ventured in the absence of the wing to place it in the recent genus. Palaeotorymus, gen. nov. General habitus like that of Torymus and its allies, but easily distinguishable by the immensely elongated postmarginal vein which extends nearly to the apex of the wing. In recent Torymidae the postmarginal vein is generally distinctly developed, but in no case does it approach this extraordinary length. Type. — P. typicus, sp. nov. Key to the Florissant species of Palaeotorymus. Thorax transversely aciculated 2. Thorax smooth, anteriorly more or less distinctly transversely rugulose P. laevis, sp. nov. HRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 19 2. Sculpture of thorax fine and delicate 3. Sculpture of thorax coarse P. striatus, sp. nov. 3. Marginal vein short, only twice as long as the stigmal. P. aeiculatus, sp. nov. 4. Marginal vein long, much more than twice as long as the stigmal. P. tt/pinis, sp. nov. Palaeotorymus typicus, sp. nov. (Fig. 11.) Female. Length 3-5.5 mm. Color black, the abdomen fuscous. Probably in life the color was metallic green with a yellowish brown abdomen. Wings hyaline, the veins fuscous. Antennae dark colored, the joints toward the middle of the flagellum a little longer than wide, becoming transverse nearer the apex; they are thickest at about the sixth flagellar joint. Head behind rather finely vertically striate or aciculate; thoracic dorsum also finely transversely striate, the st nations extending down over the greater part of the pleurae. Meta thorax and metapleurae smooth. Legs rather slender; the tibiae and tarsi light colored, except the base of the hind tibiae. Hind coxae outwardly transversely striate. Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax together, flat below and convex above, its surface smooth and polished. Ovipositor a little longer than the abdomen. Marginal vein long, stigmal knobbed, with a distinct pedicel, oblique; postmarginal very long, extending well toward the apex of the wing, or at least indicated by a dark streak resembling a vein that is very distinct. Fig. 11. — Palaeotorymus typicus, sp. Type. Type.— No. 2072 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 610, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Described from fourteen specimens, all in the Collection of the M. C. Z., Nos. 2072-20S2, 2195-2198, S. H. Scudder collection, Xos. 610, 997, 2145, 4873, 4511, 4891, 5511, 6164, 6250, reverse of 6164, 7395, 8358, 8917, 10,032, 10,884, 13,354). The long postmarginal vein of this species is remarkable and is shared also by the following species. There seems to be no doubt, however, that they are close relatives of recent Toryminae in spite of the peculiar development of this vein, and the long stigmal vein which resembles that of the Idarninae. 20 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Palaeotorymus laevis, sp. nov. Female. Length 4-5 mm. Body shining and rather stout, with the abdo- men probably as dark in color as the head and thorax. Surface of head almost smooth. Antennae stout, the flagellum of almost even thickness, slightly stouter near the center where the joints are distinctly wider than long. Thorax smooth except for a sparse coarse rugoso-punctate sculpture on the prothorax, anterior part of mesonotum and the anterior part of the pleurae. The thoracic sutures are deep and slightly crenulate. Abdomen stout, probably consider- ably compressed, its surface smooth. Ovipositor not entirely preserved, but more than half as long as the abdomen. Posterior coxae weakly and irregu- larly punctate-striate above ; legs slender. Wings with a rather short marginal vein, the stigmal well developed and knobbed, one-third the length of the marginal. Postmarginal vein at least one and one-half times as long as the stigmal and probably longer, but its tip is obscured. Described from one specimen. Type.— No. 2083, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 9655, S. H. Scudder Coll.). This is quite similar to the preceding, but the thorax is smooth except for some rough sculpture anteriorly. A second specimen, later sent by Professor Cockerell collected at Station 17B appears to belong to the same species. Palaeotorymus striatus, sp. nov. Female. Length 5 mm. Dark colored, probably metallic green, including the entire legs. Head poorly preserved, its surface finely aciculate or sha- greened; median joints of antennal flagellum distinctly wider than long. Entire thorax coarsely sculptured; prothorax transversely striate; mesonotum irregularly transversely punctato-striate, the striae curving posteriorly as they extend down on to the upper part of the pleurae. Mesopleura deeply confluently punctate. Metathorax obscured, but apparently smooth with a few coarse reticulations. Abdomen short, ovate in lateral view. Ovipositor exposed only at the base, but I think it can be seen as a trace through the stone for a distance greater than the length of the abdomen. Legs very stout, but this may be due in part to pressure. Wings strong, the veins piceous. Stigmal vein long, knobbed; two-fifths as long as the marginal; postmarginal stout for a distance twice the length of the stigmal, then continued less distinctly nearly to the wing tip. One very well preserved specimen. Type.— No. 2084, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 10,315, S. H. Scudder Coll.). BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 21 Fig. 12. — Palaeotorymus aciculatus, nov. Type. sp. A deeply colored, stout species, the thorax much more strongly sculptured than in the two preceding ones. Palaeotorymus aciculatus, sp. nov. (Fig. 12.) Female. Length 4 mm. Probably entirely metallic green, although there are traces of ferruginous or brown on the abdomen. Thorax finely sculptured. Head behind vertically aciculate on the sides and transversely so on the occi- put. Pro- and mesonotum very finely transversely aciculated. Pleu- rae also coarsely aciculated, but not regularly so except in patches. Base of metathorax on the sides longitu- dinally aciculated, the remainder of the metathorax irregularly coarsely sculptured. Ovipositor extruded; preserved for only a short distance. Wings hyaline, the veins brown. Marginal vein short, not more than one- half the length of the submarginal, the stigmal more than half as long as the marginal, and but indistinctly knobbed. Postmarginal long as usual in the genus. Type.— No. 2085 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 2065, S. H. Scudder Coll.). This species resembles P. ti/picus, but differs by its much shorter marginal vein as well as in thoracic sculpture. Unfortunately the tip of the ovipositor has been scraped away in cleaning the specimen. Ormyrodes petrefactus, sp. nov. (Fig. 13.) Female. Length more than 11 mm. Black, slender, tapering, the abdomen two and one-half times as long as the head and thorax together. Head large, Fig. 13. — Ormyrodes petrefactus, sp. nov. Type. appearing more or less globose. Thorax long, oval, nearly three times as 22 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. long as high; its surface sculpture not well preserved. Hind coxae projecting in a raised line above. Antennae poorly preserved, long, reaching nearly to the base of the wings. Metathorax transversely rugose, as long as the meso- notum and nearly two times as long as the prothorax which is contracted in front. Abdomen long and tapering, inserted well up toward the top of the metathorax on its posterior slope, but I think this is due to a slight twisting of the body out of its lateral position. Basal segment as long, but not quite as wide as the second and somewhat narrowed basally; third narrower, and longer, tapering to the tip; the remainder of the abdomen strongly produced into a stylus-like tip which is at least one and one-half times as long as the three basal segments and probably longer as the apex is not preserved. Legs slender; brown, except the posterior coxae. Wings hyaline, not well pre- served, but apparently with a long marginal and minute stigmal vein. Described from one specimen. Type.— No. 2086, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 5657, S. H. Scudder Coll.). This is one of the most remarkable chalcids I have ever seen. Un- fortunately the parts are poorly preserved although the specimen is very sharp and distinct when viewed without magnification. However I feel well assured of its position here on account of its close similarity both in size and habitus to the recent genus Ormyrodes Brues of which only a single recent species, occurring in South Africa, has so far been discovered. In the fossil form the abdomen is even more attenuated. Certain eurytomids like Macrorileya and its allies are very similar in form, but I hardly think the present species can belong in that family. CHALCIDIDAE. Chalcites debilis Heer probably belongs here, otherwise no fossil forms of this family are known, except from Florissant. Professor Cockerell has already published a description of one species of Chalcis to which I have two others to add and also one Spilochalcis. Key to the Florissant species of Chalcis. 1. Wings hyaline 2. Wings with a broad brownish band, abdomen two and one-half or three times as long as wide . . C. praevalens Cockerell. 2. Scapulae, pronotum, and sides of mesonotum distinctly trans- versely striate in sculpture C. tortilis, sp. nov. Entire thorax irregularly coarsely punctate, only the anterior half of the sides of the mesonotum with traces of striate sculpture. C. perdita, sp. nov. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 23 Chalcis praevalens Cockerell. There are two specimens of this species in the present collection M. C. Z., No. 2087, 2088 (Nos. 5279, 7939, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Chalcis tortilis, sp. nov. (Fig. 14.) Length 4.5-7 mm. Head and thorax very coarsely and deeply separately punctate, the sculpture on the collar less deep, and confluent to form a transverse series of rather regular striatums. The parapsides especially to- ward the sides show the same' transverse striation. Punctures on the scutel- lum larger and better separated than elsewhere. Mesonotum quite regularly reticulate. Abdomen smooth, ovate; narrow, only about two-thirds as wide as the thorax. Head as usual in the ge- nus, probably black; sides of the front obliquely striate. Antennae black; rather slender, the scape about half as long as the flagellum; basal flagellar joints about twice as long as thick. Parapsidal furrows very distinct, twice as far apart in front as behind. Scutel- lum about as wide as long, regularly rounded behind. Hind femora about twice as long as broad, beset below with rather small teeth, of a size and number very similar to those of the recent C. ovata Say. Hind tibiae stout, their curve conforming with that of the femur. Wings hyaline or nearly so. Marginal vein one-half the length of the submarginal. Stigmal long, its shaft at least twice as long as the width of the marginal vein at its insertion, knobbed at the apex. Post- marginal about one-half the length of the marginal. Described from four specimens. Type.— No. 2089, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 1350, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Paratypes Nos. 2090-2092. Nos. 1065, 3538, and 5295, S. H. Scudder collection. In addition to these there is another (No. 2093, M. C. Z., No. 5672 S. H. Scudder Coll.) which is probably a ventral view of this species and also a side view (No. 2094 M. C. Z., No. 7679 S. H. Scudder Coll.) which seems without much doubt to belong here. Fig. 14.— Chalcis Type. tortilis, sp. 24 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Chalcis perdita, sp. nov. Length 4-7.5 mm. Head and thorax with coarse thimble-like punctures which do not merge into striations on the pro- and mesothorax ; the punctures largest on the scutellum and the upper part of the mesonotum. Body pre- sumably dark or black with the tarsi, venter of abdomen, and posterior margins of abdominal segments reddish or rufous. Antennae dark brown, black bas- ally, the joints near the middle of the flagellum wider than long. Scutellum raised anteriorly and sloping back, projecting laterally over the metapleurae. Metanotum rather regularly hexagonally reticulate, its lower hind angles laterally produced. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, smooth, shaped as in C. ovata Say. Posterior femora very broad, almost as wide as long, with about eight moderately large teeth toward the apex, the tibiae evenly arcuated. Wings hyaline, marginal vein about two-thirds the length of the submarginal ; stigmal short and oblique, about twice as long as the thickness of the marginal vein, and not or imperceptibly enlarged at the tip. Described from three specimens. Type.— No. 2095 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 4801, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Paratypes, Nos. 2096-2097, M. C. Z.( Nos. 7817 and 9547, S. H. Scudder Coll.). All are seen nearly in profile in much the same position. No. A76 and reverse in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History collected by Professor Cockerell at Station 13 appear to be this species, but are seen in dorsal view with the wings not pre- served. The punctures on the head above are elliptical and more or less confluent. Spilochalcis scudderi, sp. nov. Length 5.5 mm. A specimen seen in ventral aspect, with the head bent down. Inner margins of eyes parallel, the front coarsely punctate, with an oval smooth space centrally which shows microscopic circular aciculations. Antennae 13-jointed, distinctly clavate, the scape a little more than half as long as the flagellum. Joints beyond the middle of the flagellum one-half wider than long. The antennae are inserted just about on an imaginary line drawn between the lower margins of the eyes. Sides of face below obliquely striated, cheeks smooth. Projecting sides of metanotum below irregularly reticulated, the lateral angles angularly produced. Posterior coxae more than half as long as the femora, slender and about twice as long as the abdomi- nal petiole. Posterior femora oval, somewhat less than twice as long as broad. Abdomen rounded at the tip, distinctly longer than the thorax. Described from one specimen, seen in ventral aspect. The antennae BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 25 are inserted much lower than is usual in Spilochalcis and its allies and it is barely possible that this insect is really a member of the Chal- citellini. Type.— No. 2098, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 9136, S. H. Scudder Coll.). EURYTOMIDAE. Decatoma has been recorded by Scudder ('78) from the Oligocene of Green River, Wyoming, but otherwise I can find no palaeontological reference to the group. The present collection contains two species of Eurytoma. EURYTOMA SEPULTA, Sp. llOV. (Fig. 15.) Female. Length 4.5 mm. Black or very dark, including legs and antennae ; wings hyaline. Antennae apparently 13-jointed, with one ring joint, the last three joints forming a slight, but quite distinct club; funicle joints about quadrate. Surface of head irregularly rugulose. Dorsum of thorax strongly Fig. 15. — Eurytoma sepulta, sp. nov. Type. transversely rugoso-punctate. Abdomen quite distinctly sessile, ovate in lateral aspect, the last ventral segment acutely prolonged. Wings hyaline, venation fuscous; marginal vein long, about two and one-half times the length of the stigmal. Stigmal weakly divergent from the postmarginal, strongly knobbed; postmarginal much longer than the stigmal, stout. Described from three specimens, No. A9 (type), A 103 both from 26 BULLETIX: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 14 and No. 2100, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 9065, S. H. Scudder coll.). Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. The arrangement of the large umbilicate punctures on the thorax of this species is more regularly transverse than in recent forms and the antennae more distinctly clavate than in the majority of living species, but otherwise this seems to be quite a typical representative of the group. Eurytoma sequax, sp. nov. (Fig. 16.) Male. Length 3.75 mm. Represented by a poorly preserved specimen, but so characteristic that it is undoubtedly an Eurytoma or a Decatoma. The body is black, with a small brownish abdomen. The legs, wings, and antennae ■.^ii^W^m %■:§&:§ Fig. 16. — Eurytoma sequax, sp. nov. Type. are not preserved. One might perhaps associate it with the preceding species, but the large thoracic punctures are less closely placed and show no tendency to assume a transverse arrangement. No. A120, collected at Station 14. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. PERILAMPIDAE. Brischke ('86) has found Perilampus in Baltic Amber. CLEONYMIDAE. The following species is the first fossil member of the family to be described. BRTJES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 27 Cleonymus submersus, sp. nov. (Fig. 17.) Female. Length 7 mm. Entirely black, with slightly infuscated wings. Head as seen from above rounded in outline, narrower than the thorax which is elongate, two and one-half times as long as wide. Abdomen elongate, conic ovate, its segments, except possibly the basal two, of nearly equal length. Wings very thickly pubescent, with stout dark venation; marginal vein long, one-half the length of the submarginal; stigmal short and stout, thicker at the apex, postmarginal as long as the marginal, but attenuated beyond its basal part. Type.— No. 2101, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 9109, S. H. Seudder Coll.). This is not a very well preserved specimen, but is striking on account of its large size and acuminate abdomen. PTEROMALIDAE. Aside from Heer's ('65), doubtful genus Pteromalinites Helm ('99) has recorded Pteromalus from Amber, but without description or figure. I have one species of Pteromalus from Florissant. .Pteromalus exanimis, sp. nov. (Fig. 18.) Fig. 17.— Cleony- mus submersus, sp. nov. Type. 4* 1 it '•>■■• -"h-^k.. Female. Length 3-3.5 mm. Black (metallic in life?) with hyaline wings and piceous or brownish abdomen. Propleu- rae finely transversely rugose, the mesonotum smooth, with a few delicate punctures, indistinctly rugose on the pleurae. Metathorax short, with carinae indicating some areas. Abdomen sessile, ovate, pointed apically; third segment the longest, following gradually shorter, the second a little shorter than the third. Wings pubescent, the maiv ginal vein short and thick; one-sixth, or perhaps less, the length of the submarginal; stigmal broadly divergent, strongly hooked at the Fig. 18. — Pteromalus exanimis, sp. nov. Type. 28 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. tip and nearly as long as the marginal. Postmarginal strongly developed, one and two-thirds times as long as the marginal. Ovipositor not or but little exserted. Two specimens, one of them with reverse. Type and its reverse Nos. A57 and A55 from Station 13; A34 from Station 17, in the Amer. Alius. Nat. Hist. Although not very well preserved this appears to be a common species and deserving of a name. There are a number of other speci- mens which are quite probably the same, but such minute fossils are very difficult of specific association. The term Pteromalus is used in the wide sense. MYMARIDAE. This family is abundantly represented both in Amber and Copal, but has not been found fossil elsewhere. The extremely minute size and fragile character of the species would make their recognition in shales like those of Florissant, very difficult. The Amber species found are listed on page 111. EVANIIDAE. Up to the present time there are two references in palaeontological literature to fossil Evaniidae. Burmeister ('31) records the occurrence of Evania in Baltic Amber, and Brischke has later ('86) mentioned a species belonging to one of the closely related genera, quite probably the same genus under the name of Brachygaster, from the same source. In the present material I have discovered two finely preserved species belonging to the Aulacinae, so that of the three subfamilies, Aulacinae, Foeninae, and Evaniinae at present recognized, only the second is unknown in the fossil state. Aulacus bradleyi, sp. now (Fig. 19.) Length probably about 18 mm., the abdomen missing. Entirely dark or black, the legs somewhat lighter beyond the knees. Head seen from the front three-fourths as broad as high, gradually narrowed and rounded below; its surface minutely punctate or shagreened. Antennae inserted close to- gether near the clypeus. Antennae much like those of recent species, the joints of the antennal flagellum beyond the first long and cylindrical. Thorax BRUES: PARASITIC HYMEXOPTERA. 29 typically transversely channeled or ribbed, the parapsidal furrows distinct. Scutellum less coarsely sculptured, transversely rugose. Metanotum rather finely, irregularly reticulated. Abdomen not visible, but its insertion on the dorsal tubercle of the metanotum is indicated, and the abdomen due to its elevated position is no doubt concealed in the matrix. Legs normal so far as preserved, the posterior coxae transversely granulated above. Wings hyaline, with fuscous stigma and veins. Subcostal cell very broad and dis- tinct, but very slightly pigmented. Stigma small, elongate ovate. Radial Fig. 19. — Aulacus bradleyi, sp. nov. Type. cell long and of even width on the basal half; the second section of the radius nearly as long as the third and twice the length of the first. First cubital and first discoidal cells nearly equal along the base, the discoidal slightly the higher; first recurrent nervure received by the second cubital cell near its base; only two closed cubital cells, the second very distinctly closed; second recur- rent nervure received considerably beyond the middle of the second cubital cell. Median and submedian cells of equal length; subdiscoidal nervure broken slightly below the middle. One specimen and reverse, Nos. Bl and B2 collected by Mrs. Cockerell at Station 13b during 1908. Named for my friend Mr. J. Chester Bradley in recognition of his extensive studies in this inter- esting family. This is a large and beautifully preserved species which resembles typical recent species except that the first recurrent nervure is inserted very distinctly at the base of the second cubital cell instead of being interstitial or received near the tip of the first. However, I hardly think it worthy of generic rank on this single character in the absence of any other preserved ones which I can discover. Pristaulacus rohweri, sp. nov. (Fig. 20.) Female. Length 7 mm. Ovipositor at least two-thirds the length of the abdomen and probably longer. Black or very dark, with the abdomen except the tip much lighter, reddish or brown. Legs apparently light colored. Surface of head finely shagreened, with faint traces of a microscopic transverse 30 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. aciculation above; antennae not well preserved in the type, one of the joints (probably the third) very long. Prothorax very strongly and coarsely trans- versely striate, the ridges between the grooves sharp, well elevated; meso- pleurae also coarsely obliquely striate; metanotum more or less distinctly areolated and irregularly rugose. Abdomen inserted at the upper edge of the posterior slope, about as in P. occirfentalis Cress., but the abdomen appears to be much shorter and stouter than in that species, although this may be due to compression in the stone. The petiole appears to be short, but little longer than the second segment; third to fifth somewhat shorter, subequal. Ovi- ;*; S%iu\ finely rugose or coriaceous, the ' 1>':;V /*: - ? pleurae very coarsely rugose, - - : i "M ■/& W _,-.\]y' especially below. Metanotum \.-\".^'^Ct-^&&,--: 1 n °t visible as the legs are ex- ^3§S^" tended directly above it. Abdo- ^x._^ i men obovate, the thickest part '•'::::'; . near the tip; no traces of any Fig. 81. — Chelonus solidus sp. now Type. transverse sutures. Its surface finely rugose reticulate as is usual in the genus. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins dark. Venation not well enough indicated to describe. One specimen, No. A12G, collected by Mr. S. A. Rohwer at Station 14. Type in the collection of the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Chelonus depressus, sp. now Female? Length 4-4.5 mm. Color black or very dark, the antennae, and the legs, except the posterior femora and tibiae rather light brown. An- tennae two-thirds as long as the body, about 25— 30- jointed, setaceous, the small joints toward the apex quadrate-moniliform, and the larger basal joints from two to three times as long as thick; scape globose. Body rather strongly sculptured. Face confluently punctate, the front above, and the vertex also to some extent, transversely rugose. Pleurae slightly rugulose above, smooth below except along the sutures. Metanotum rugose, with reticulations pos- teriorly which form a series of more or less distinct small areas. Abdomen BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 09 coriaceous or rugulose, without traces of any sutures. Short, only as long as the thorax, elongate oval when seen from the side, the margin evenly rounded at the tip when seen from the side and rather pointed when seen from above. Wings hyaline, stigma large, light brown, venation almost effaced, but appar- ently identical with that of recent representatives of the genus. Tupc.— ^o. 2342, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 2077, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Nos. 2343-2344, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (Nos. 1017 and 5236, S. H. Scudder Coll.) also belong to this species. The Scudder Collection also contains two specimens (No. 11,404, M. C. Z., No. 2345, and No. 13,815, M. C. Z., 2346) which I doubtfully refer to this species. Agathidinae. Serres, ('29) has recorded x\gathis from Aix in the Lower Oligoeene, and the Florissant beds have yielded the three species described below. Agathis Latreille. Key to the Florissant species of Agathis. 1. Second cubital cell (areola) small, strongly narrow r ed above or triangular, species small, 3.5-5 mm. 2. Areola large, scarcely narrowed above, its upper side longer than the first section of the radius, large species, 7 mm. ^4. saxatilis, sp. nov. 2. Areola triangular, touching the radius in a point, the second transverse cubitus hyaline, indistinct . .4. vekttus, sp. nov. Areola with a distinct upper side, although this is much shorter than the first section of the radius, second transverse cubitus fully colored A. juvenilis, sp. nov. Agathis saxatilis, sp. nov. (Fig. 82.) Length 7 mm. Probably dark colored or black. Antennae black, rather long and tapering, the joints near the base a little less than twice as long as thick, those toward the apex much smaller, but as long in proportion to their width. Surface of head smooth and polished. Thorax seen in dorsal view likewise shining, the sutures cren- ulate ; metanotum with traces of a more i i- ,• . i .■ . i i Fig. 82. — Agathis saxatilis, sp. nov. or less distinct areolation. Abdomen somewhat lighter than the head and thorax, particularly at the base which was perhaps reddish or brownish in life. Wings apparently slightly mfuscated, the veins very dark ami heavy as 100 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. usual in the genus. Stigma rather large, ovate, the lower edge strongly convex. Marginal cell short and narrow, its first section distinctly shorter than the second; third slightly bowed into the radial cell. Submedian cell slightly longer than the median; recurrent nervure at the apical fourth of the first cubital cell ; first discoidal cell with a petiole above as long as the first section of the radius; second cubital cell larger than usual, distinctly quadrate, being but slightly narrowed above. Cubitus beyond the second transverse cubitus present but weak. Described from one specimen, not very well preserved, except the anterior wings which serve to indicate its affinities without the least doubt. Type.— No. 2348, M. C. Z, Florissant, Col. (No. 770, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Agathis velatus, sp. nov. (Fig. 83.) Female. Length 5 mm. Head and thorax black, abdomen brownish red, paler basally. Antennae about 25-35-jointed; not much tapering as they are rather slender near the base; joints toward the base of the flagellum two to two and one-half times as long as thick; those near the apex much shorter, quadrate or nearly so. Head, mesonotum, and pleurae smooth and shining; meta- thorax with a few raised reticulate lines. Legs appar- ently light colored, except the posterior coxae and tarsi which are black. Ovipositor as long as the abdomen. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins light brown. Stigma rather large, broad. Marginal cell very narrow, the second section of the radius rather strongly curved inwardly; second cubital cell small, triangular, its inner Fig. 83. — Agathis velatus, sp. nov. Type. side strongly outer one weak, nearly hyaline, only slightly slanting. oblique, its BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 101 Type.— No. 2349, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 5339, S. H. Seudder Coll.). There is also a second specimen, No. 2350 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 2509, Seudder Coll.) which is perhaps the same species. The body of the type is seen in lateral view and is rather well preserved. Of the wings only the radial cell and the second cubital are preserved, but these serve to show characters peculiar to this group. Agathis juvenilis, sp. nov. (Fig. 84.) Female. Length 3-3.25 mm. Black, with the abdomen light brownish yellow or reddish. Antennae short, slender, involute, of nearly equal thick- ness throughout, the joints near the base of the flagellum about one and one- half times as long as thick, and those toward the tip a trifle shorter. Head and entire thorax, including pleurae, shining. Ovipositor one and one-half r Fig. 84. — Agathis juvenilis, sp. nov. Type. times as long as the abdomen. Wings hyaline, or slightly yellowish, stigma and veins pale fuscous. Stigma very broad and short; marginal cell narrow, the third section of the radius very slightly bent inward. Second cubital cell of medium size, with a distinct upper side, which is, however, much shorter than the first section of the radius. One specimen, collected by Mr. S. A. Rohwer at Station 13. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., it is well preserved except for the basal and posterior parts of the wings. 102 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Mtcrogasterinae. This group has been found fossil so far only at Florissant. A species of Microgaster was described by the present writer (:06), and I can now add Microplitis, and another, Oligoneuroides, which appears to be new. Microgaster primordialis Brues. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1906, 22, p. 496. This species was described from a single specimen from Florissant collected by Professor Cockerell, but there are in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Nos. 2354-2359, Florissant, Col., no less than five specimens which can be positively referred here (S. H. Scudder Coll. Nos. 3885, 5107, 5249, 6232, and 11,322-13,806. In addition there is another from Professor Cockerell and also five, Nos. 2360-2364 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (S. H. Scudder Coll. Nos. 2967, 3026, 5341, 5758, 10,947) which are doubtfully this species. From the present series, the following characters can be added to those given in the original description: Antennae 18-jointed, tapering, the joints about one and one-half times as long as thick apically, twice so toward the base. Abdomen sometimes quite dark in color, especially toward the base above; submedian cell longer than the median by one-third the length of the basal nervure. Legs brownish or reddish. Microplitis vesperus, sp. nov. (Fig. 85.) Sex? Length 3.25 mm. Black, the abdomen more or less piceous; legs dark, wings hyaline. Antennae rather short and tapering evenly from the -^ base; apparently with about 18 joints, J&gg^™^ the basal flagellar joints two or more ' % ^Sl % 'i^L ^ times as long as thick, the apical ones s ?.'0ft"' about quadrate. Head and thorax smooth and shining, the metathorax %. jr^ " !;=5 > \vith indications of areolation. Abdo- l ^4^ men short, scarcely longer than the "\V thorax, shining. Legs not well pre- served, but apparently rather stout. Wings broad, hyaline; the stigma broad, triangular, light colored as are also the veins; submedian cell much is vesperus, sp. now longer than the median, first discoidal cell above indistinctly petiolate; second cubital cell large, triangular, the cubi- tus prolonged a short distance beyond its apex; radius beyond the first short section wanting. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMEXOPTERA. 103 Described from one specimen sent by Professor Cockerell, A104. Type in the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. This is a very extraordinary species on account of the very large triangular second cubital cell, but as it resembles othenvise the present genus closely, 1 have not thought it necessary to consider the character of generic value, although if found in living forms it would undoubtedly be so regarded. f' Oligoneuroides, gen. nov. Antennae 25 or 26-jointed, probably 26. Wing venation much as in Oligo- neurus Szepligeti, except that the first and second transverse cubital veins are present and the first discoidal cell is separated from the costa by a petiole over one-third the length of the basal vein. Type. — 0. destructus, sp. nov. This peculiar form is undoubtedly a member of the Microgasterinae and on account of its multiarticulate antennae perhaps related to the Brazilian genus Oligoneurus Szepligeti. In wing venation, however, it is quite different and is I think worthy of generic rank. Oligoneuroides destructus, sp. nov. (Fig. 86.) Female. Length 4 mm. Black, with reddish abdomen. Antennae and legs black or very dark. Basal joints of flagellum of antennae rather long, two to three times as long as thick; apically becoming more nearly quadrate and much smaller. Surface of head and thorax smooth and shin- ing. Mesonotum apparently with parapsidal furrows which meet far before the scutellum. Abdomen short, globose, ovipositor at least two-thirds its length and possibly ° ^ J Fig. 86. — Oligoneuroides destructus, longer. Wings large and broad; gp nov Type. radial vein abbreviated, but dis- tinct for a considerable distance beyond the transverse cubitus. Submedian cell quite distinctly longer than the median; discoidal vein broken at its posterior tip, leaving the third discoidal «ell open at the tip. Type.— No. 2365, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 857, ■ S. H. Scudder Coll.). Described from one specimen seen in dorsal view. It resembles Microgaster primordial is Brues in color and size, although otherwise far removed. Later a second specimen with reverse was sent in a lot received from Professor Cockerell, it agrees perfectly in structure and color, but the wing venation is not so well preserved. 104 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Opiinae. There is a single poorly preserved specimen, No. 2294 M. C. Z. (No. 12,796, S. H. Scudder Coll.) which appears to belong to this group, but I cannot be positive. The marginal cell is very long and broad, reaching to the extreme tip of the wing, and the insect has the habitus of a Cardiochiles. Braconinae. But one genus, Bracon in the widest sense, has been found fossil. It is recorded from many localities, both in Amber and in rock forma- tions. A list of these will be found in the catalogue accompanying the present paper. From Florissant, I have three species, one of them represented by a considerable number of specimens. Bracon Fabricius. Key to the Florissant species of Bracon. 1. Wings hyaline 2. Wings infuscated, length about 4 mm., second cubital cell twice as long as high at apex B. cockerelli, sp. now 2. Length 8.5 mm., second cubital cell long, nearly twice as long as high at apex B. abstractns, sp. now Length 12 mm.; second cubital cell but little longer than high; trapezoidal B. resurrectus, sp. now Bracon cockerelli, sp. now Female. Length 4 mm. Black or very dark, with the abdomen reddish, sometimes with indistinct darker, transverse bands. Wings infuscated, brown. Antennae black, 32-jointed, tapered beyond the middle to a slender tip; most of the flagellar joints about quadrate, the basal three or four joints of the flagel- lum from one-fourth to one-half longer than thick. Head and thorax shining, highly polished, impunctate. Abdomen subglobose or ovate both in lateral and dorsal view, about as long as the head and thorax together, acutely rounded at the tip. Ovipositor exserted, as long as the thorax and abdomen together. Legs moderately stout, yellowish or pale reddish brown, the tips of the tibiae and the tarsi (posterior legs?) darker, piceous. Wings very strongly infus- cated and violaceous in some specimens. Stigma rather large and broadly BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 105 ovate, the radius originating from just before its middle, its first section two- thirds as long as the second, the two meeting at a very distinct angle; second cubital cell twice as long on the radius as it is high at the apex; recurrent nervure inserted just before the apex of the first cubital cell; median and submedian cells of equal length in both fore and hind wings. Seven specimens, type Coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. A72, others: A31, A35, A128-129, A41; also Nos. 2367-2368, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (Nos. 6147 and 8602, S. H. Scudder Coll.). All are well pre- served, and there are several others not so perfect which are probably this species, Nos. 2369-2372 M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (Nos. 1707, 3640, 5032, 6338, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Professor Cockerell's speci- mens are from Stations 14 and 17. This is a small species, very similar to the recent Bracon dorsator Say and its allies in general habitus. Bracon abstractus, sp. nov. Female. Length 8.5 mm. Dark colored, the abdomen lighter, reddish except at the base; legs dark; wings hyaline. Antennae long and slender, with many joints (about 40), very gradually attenuated toward the tips; apical joints small, quadrate; those near the middle about twice as long as thick; basal ones still more elongate, three or more times as long as thick; abdomen as long as the head and thorax together, oval, roughly tuberculate on the basal two or three segments and less plainly so on the apical ones. Ovipositor exserted, but only a short basal part is preserved. Legs stout. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins strongly colored ; . stigma small, narrowly ovate, very indistinctly angled below, the radius originating at or slightly beyond its middle. Radial cell long and narrow, pointed at the tip, its second section a little more than twice as long as the first; second cubital cell long, nearly twice as long as high at the apex. Type.— No. 2373, M. C. Z., Florissant, Col. (No. 9276, S. H. Scudder Coll.). This is similar to the preceding species in wing venation, but is much larger and has hyaline wings. Bracon resurrectus, sp. nov. (Fig. 87.) Female. Length 12 mm. Ovipositor 12.5 mm. Apparently entirely light yellowish, the femora and tibiae of the posterior legs darker and the antennae brownish ; head above and part of the dorsum of the thorax black- 106 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. ened. Wings hyaline. Antennae very long and slender, nearly as long as the body and gradually attenuated toward the apex; very many jointed, the joints toward the tip short, quadrate, but those near the base considerably elongated, apparently from three to five times as long as thick. Thorax and abdomen only faintly preserved, apparently smooth and shining. Wings hyaline, the stigma and veins dark brown; stigma elongate, but distinctly angled below, the radius originating near its mid- dle. Marginal cell narrow, elongate, acute at the tip; first and second sections of the radius both short, the second fully twice as long as the first ; second cubital cell short, trapezoidal, but little longer than high; median and submedian cells of front wing of equal length. Fig. 87. — Bracon resurrectus, sp. nov. Type. Described from one specimen and reverse, not particularly well preserved, but very striking on account of its large size. Nos. A137- 138, collected at Station 14 by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell. Rhogadinae. The only hitherto described fossil species belonging to this sub- family is Rhogas tertiarius, Brues ('06) from Florissant, but later material from this locality contains the following species of Exothecus. EXOTHECUS ABROGATUS, sp. llOV. (Fig. 88.) Length 5 mm. Ovipositor 6.5 mm. Black, the abdomen toward the tip and the legs brownish; wings hyaline or very slightly yellowish. Antennae piceous, extremely slender and presumably long, although only the basal part about two-thirds the length of the body is preserved; the joints appear to be elongate, about three times as long as thick. Head and thorax seen in lateral aspect, smooth and shining, the eye very large, round; metathorax finely areolate and propleura very finely rugosopunctate. Abdomen elongate, BRUES: PARASITIC HYMEXOPTERA. 107 First segment longer than the / / claviform, seen from the side almost petiolate. slope of the metathorax, finely longitudinally rugose; with a pair of median and lateral carinae which are con- tinued less distinctly on the second segment ; apex of ab- domen rounded. Legs rather long and slender, brownish. Wings long and quite narrow; stigma and veins light fus- cous. Stigma elongate, lanceolate, the radius arising at its middle; radial cell long, nearly attaining the wing tip; submedian cell considerably longer than the median ; discoidal vein broken below the middle; recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubi- tus; first cubital cell rhom- boidal, second elongate, its apex only one-half as long as its upper side and one-third as long as the lower side. Type. — No. A40, in the collection of the Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. This species resembles a genuine braconine except for the long submedian cell of the front wing. Fig. 88. — Exothecus abrogatus, sp. nov. Type. Spathiinae. I think it is very probable that Ichneumon petrinus Scudder belongs to this group. The very excellent figure given in his Tertiary Insects (plate 5, fig. 14) shows the characteristic form of the body and peculiar antennae of Hormiopterus and its allies, and I take it that the apparent absence of the first section of the cubitus is an accident of preservation. STEPHANIDAE. Protostephanus Cockerell. There is one specimen, No. 5350, S. H. Scudder Coll., which may belong to this genus or perhaps to Megischus. It is not well enough preserved, however, to place definitely in either although I am assured from its general habitus that it belongs to the Stephanidae. 108 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Catalogue of Tertiary Parasitic Hymenoptera. I have omitted a few references which are of such general nature or so doubtful that they can be of little value to students. I have not attempted to change the places assigned to species by their describers or by previous writers except in a few cases where I am very positive that these are incorrect. On account of these omissions, a few species listed by Scudder and Handlirsch are not found in the present list, but it includes all that are of service to students of palaeontology. BETHYLIDAE. Bethylidae Handlirsch, Foss. ins., 1907, lief. 6, p. 858. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Bethylid (problematic) Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 497. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Epyris deletus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 8. Miocene; Florissant, Col. CERAPHRONIDAE. Ceraphron sp. Burmeister, Oken's Isis, 1831, p. 1100. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. PROCTOTRYPIDAE. Proctotrypes exhumatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 9. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BELYTIDAE. Belyta mortuella Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 10. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pantoclis deperdita Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 497. Miocene; Florissant, Col. DIAPRIIDAE. Paramesius defectus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 11. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Galesimorpha wheeleri Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 12. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 109 FIGITIDAE. Figites solus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 13. Miocene; Florissant, Col. CYNIPIDAE. Cynips sp. Schlotheim, Petrefactenk., 1820, p. 43. Lower Oligoeene; Baltic Amber. Cynips succinea Presl., Delic. pragens., 1822, 1, p. 195. Lower Oligoeene; Baltic Amber. Andricus myricae Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 14. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Diastrophus sp. Gravenhorst, Uebers, schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., 1834, 1835, p. 92. Lower Oligoeene; Baltic Amber. Protoibalia connexiva Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 15. Miocene; Florissant, Col. AGAONIDAE. Tetrapus mayri Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 16. Miocene; Florissant, Col. TORYMIDAE. Torymus pertinax Forster, Abh. geol. spezialk. Els., 1891, 3, p. 452. Middle Oligoeene; Brunnstaat, Alsatia. Torymus sackeni Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 17. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Palaeotorymus aciculatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 21. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Palaeotorymus laevis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 20. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Palaeotorymus striatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 20. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Palaeotorymus typicus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 19. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ormyrodes petrefactus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 21. Miocene; Florissant, Col. 110 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. CHALCIDIDAE. Chalcites debilis Heer, Viert. naturf. gesellsch. Ziirich, 1856, 1, p. 29-30. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Chaleis perdita Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 24. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Chaleis praevalens Cockerel], Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1907, 23, p. 612. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Chaleis tortilis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 23. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Spilochalcis scudderi Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 24. Miocene; Florissant, Col. EURYTOMIDAE. Eurytoma sepulta Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 25. Mioeene; Florissant, Col. Eurytoma sequax Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 26. Mioeene; Florissant, Col. Decatoma antiqua Scudder, Bull. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 1878, 4, p. 749. Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 604-605. Oligocene; Green River, Wyoming. PERILAMPIDAE. Perilampus sp. Brischke, Schrift naturf. gesellseh. Danzig, 1886, 3, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. CLEONYMIDAE. Cleonymus submersus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 27. Miocene; Florissant, Col. PTEROMALIDAE. Pteromalinites oeningensis Heer, Urwelt der Schweitz, 1865, p. 388. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Pteromalus sp. Helm, Schrift naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1899, 10, p. 38. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. Ill Pteromalus exanimis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 27. Miocene; Florissant, Col. MYMARIDAE. Anaphes sehellwienieus Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25. p. 284. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Anaphes splendens Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 284. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Eustochus duisburgi Stein, Mittheil. Miinch. entom. ver., 1877, 1, p. 30. (Mymar) Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 290. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Gonatocerus henneberti Meunier, Miscell. ent., 1905, 13, p. 2. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Limacis baltica Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 286. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Limacis armata Meunier, Miscell. ent. 1905, 13, p. 3. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Litus elegans Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 285. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Malfattia molitorae Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 287. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Mymar sp. Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 288. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Palaeomymar succini Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1901, 25, p. 289. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. EVANIIDAE. Evania sp. Burmeister, Oken's Isis, 1831, p. 1100. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Brachygaster sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 278. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. 112 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Aulacus bradleyi Braes, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 28. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pristaulacus rohweri Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 29. Miocene; Florissant, Col. ICHNEUMONIDAE. Tragus vetus Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 31. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 278. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Ichneumon sp. Curtis, Edinb. new philos. journ., 1829, 7, p. 295. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Ichneumon sp. Defrance, Diet. sc. nat., 1822, 23, p. 524. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Ichneumon sp. Gravenhorst, Uebers. schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., 1834, 1835, p. 92. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Ichneumon sp. Schlotheim, Petrefaetenkunde, 1820, p. 43. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Ichneumon sp. Serres, Geogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Ichneumon alpha Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 33. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon aquensis Heer, Rech. climat. pays tert., 1861, p. 153. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France.. Ichneumon cannoni Cockerell, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 39. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon concretus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 40. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon decrepitus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 36. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon dormitans Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 39. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon exesus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 37. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 113 Ichneumon infernalis Heer, Urwelt der Schweitz, 1865, p. 294. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Ichneumon longaevus Heer, Insektenf. tertiarg. Oeningen, 1849, 2, p. 166. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Ichneumon obduratus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 35. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon pollens Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 34. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon primigenius Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 35. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon provectus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 38. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon somniatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 40. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumon torpefactus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 37. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Amblyteles sp. Schoberlin, Soc. ent., 1888, 3, p. 61. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Ichneumonites bellus Heer, Neue denkschr., 1867, 22, (4), p. 35. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Phygadeuon sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Phygadeuon sp. Brues, Bull. M. C. Z , 1910, 54, p. 41. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Hemiteles sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Hemiteles fasciatus Heer, Insektenf. tertiarg. Oeningen, 1849, 2. p. 170. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Hemiteles lapidescens Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 42. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Hemiteles obtectus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 43. Miocene; Florissant, Col. 114 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Hemiteles priscus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 42. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Hemiteles veternus Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 44. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pezomachus sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Cryptus sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 278. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Cryptus sp. Gravenhorst, Uebers. schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., 1834, 1835, p. 92. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Cryptus sp. Schoberlin, Soc. ent., 1888, 3, p. 61. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Cryptus sp. Serres, Geogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Cryptus antiquus Heer, Insektenf. tertiarg. Oeningen, 1849, 2, p. 168. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Cryptus delineatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 44. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesostenus modestus Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 492. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ichneumonites fusiformis Heer, Neue denkschr., 1867, 22, (4), p. 35. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Leptobatopsis ashmeadii Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 45. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Acoenites defunctus Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 493. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Acoenites lividus Heer, Insetenf. tertiarg. Oeningen., 1849, 2, p. 169. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Lampronota pristina Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 47. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 115 Lampronota stygialis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 47. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Lampronota tenebrosa Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 48. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Rhyssa antiqua Heer, Neue denkschr., 1867, 22, (4), p. 36. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Rhyssa juvenis Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 609. Oligocene; Green River, Wyoming. Rhyssa petiolata Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 494. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Glypta aurora Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 49. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Glypta transversalis Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 613." Oligocene; Green River, Wyoming. Polysphincta inundata Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 50. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Polysphincta mortuaria Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 50. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Polysphincta petrorum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 51. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Polysphincta saxea Scudder, Rept. geol. surv. Canada, 1875-76, 1877, p. 268. Oligocene; Quesnel, B. C. Pimpla sp. Meunier, Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 1896, 20, p. 277. Upper Oligocene; Rott im Siebenbirge, Rheinlande. Pimpla sp. Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54,. p. 56. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla sp. Pictet, Traite de paleont. 2e. edit., 1854, p. 382. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Pimpla antiqua Sauss, Rev. mens. mag. zool., 1852, 4, p. 580. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Pimpla appendigera Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 494. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla decessa Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 612. Oligocene; Quesnel, B. C. 116 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Pimpla morticina Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 52. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla rediviva Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 54. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla renevieri Meunier, Mem. acad. Barcel., 1903, 4, p. 34. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Pimpla revelata Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 53. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla saussurii Heer, Viert. naturf. gesellsch. Zurich, 1856, 1, p. 29. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Pimpla senecta Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 611. Oligocene; Quesnel, B. C. Pimpla senilis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 53. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Pimpla succini Giebel, Insect, d. vorwelt, 1856, p. 155. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Xylonomus sejugatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 55. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Eclytus lutatus Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 614. Oligocene; Quesnel, B. C. Mesoleptus sp. ?. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Mesoleptus apertus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 56. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesoleptus exstirpatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 57. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tryphon sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 278. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Tryphon cadaver Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 59. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tryphon florissantensis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 61. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tryphon lapideus Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 58. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 117 Tryphon peregrinus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 60. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tryphon senex Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 60. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Bassus sp. Keferstein, Naturg. erdkorp., 1834, 2, p. 332. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Orthocentrus defossus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 62. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Orthocentrus primus Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 495. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Camerotops solidatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 63. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Exochus captus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 64. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tylecomnus davisii Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 64. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Tylecomnus pimploides Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 65. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Protohellwigia obsoleta Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 67. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ophion sp. Serres, Geogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Labrorychus latens Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 68. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Anomalon sp. Serres, Geogu. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Anomalon sp. Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 72. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Anomalon confertum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 69. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Anomalon deletum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 71. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Anomalon excisum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 70. Miocene; Florissant, Col. 118 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Anomalon protogaeum Heer, Insektenf. tertiarg. Oeningen, 1849, p. 167. Upper Miocene; Oeningen, Baden. Barylvpa primigena Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 72. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Exochilum inusitatum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 72. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Hiatensor funditus Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 75. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Hiatensor semirutus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 74. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Limnerium consuetum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 79. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Limnerium depositum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 78. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Limnerium plenum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 77. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Limnerium tectum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 79. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Limnerium vetustum Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 76. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Absyrtus decrepitus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 80. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ophelt-s sp. (?) Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 82. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Parabates memorialis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 81. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Lapton daemon Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 82. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Exetastes inveteratus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 83. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus ? Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gessellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Mesochorus abolitus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 85. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 119 Mesochorus aboriginalis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 87. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus carceratus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 85. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus cataelysmi Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 86. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus cressoni Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 609 (Lithotorus). Oligocene; Green River, Wyoming. Mesochorus dormitorius Brues, Bull. M. C. Z,, 1910, 54, p. 88. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus lapideus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 84. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus revocatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 86. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Mesochorus terrosus Brues, Bull. M. C, Z., 1910, 54, p. 86. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Porizon sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Porizon exsectus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 89. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Demophorus antiquus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 89. Miocene; Florissant, Col. ALYSIIDAE. Alysia exigua Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 91. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Alysia petrina Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 91. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRACONIDAE. Euphorus indurescens Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 92. Miocene; Florissant, Col. 120 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Meteorus sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Macrocentrus sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1S86, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Diospilus repertus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 93. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Dyscoletes soporatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 94. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Calyptus wilmattae* Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 95. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Urosigalphus aeternus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 96. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Chelonus sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Chelonus sp. Gravenhorst, Uebers, schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., 1834, 1835, p. 92. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Chelonus depressus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 98. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Chelonus muratus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 97. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Chelonus solidus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 98. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Ascogaster sp. Brischke, Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Agathis sp. Serres, Geogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Agathis juvenilis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 101. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Agathis saxatilis Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 99. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 121 Agathis velatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 100. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Microgaster primordialis Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 190(3, 22, p. 496. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Microplitis vesperus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 102. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Oligoneuroicles destructus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 103. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Bracon sp. Gravenhorst, Uebers schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., 1834, 1835, p. 92. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Bracon sp. Guerin, Rev. zool., 1838, p. 170. Middle Miocene; Sicilian Amber. Bracon sp. Pictet, Traite de paleont. 2e. edit., 1854, 2, p. 382. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Bracon sp. Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 697. Miocene; Similkameen River, B. C. Bracon abstractus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 105. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Bracon cockerelli Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 104. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Bracon laminarum Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 606. Oligocene; Green River, Wyoming. Bracon macrostigma Heyden, Palaeontogr., 1858, 5, p. 119. Middle Oligocene; Sieblos, Bayeru. Bracon pallidus Heer, Neue denkschr., 1867, 22, (4) 36. Lower Miocene; Radoboj, Croatia. Bracon praeteritus Forster, Abh. geol. spezialk. Els., 1891, 3, p. 450. Middle Oligocene; Brunstatt, Alsatia. Bracon resurrectus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 105. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Exotheeus abrogatus Brues, Bull. M. C. Z., 1910, 54, p. 100. Miocene; Florissant, Col. Rhogas tertiarius Brues, Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 496. Miocene; Florissant, Col. 122 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Hormiopterus petrinus Scudder, Tertiary insects N. Amer., 1890, p. 608. * (Ichneumon). Oligocene; White River, Col. STEPHANIDAE. Protostephanus ashmeadi Cockerell, Bull. M. C. Z., 1906, 50, p. 57. Miocene; Florissant, Col. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 123 Bibliography. Brischke, D. '86. Die Hymenopteren des bernsteins. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, n. f. 6, p. 278-279. Braes, C. T. :06. Fossil parasitic and phytophagous Hymenoptera from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 23, p. 491-498. Burmeister, H. '31. Ueber bernsteininsecten. Oken's Isis, p. 1100. Burmeister, H. '32. Kerfe der urwelt, Hand. d. ent., 1, p. 632-640. Cockerell, T. D. A. :06. Fossil Hymenoptera from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. M. C. Z.. 50, p. 33-58. Cockerell, T. D. A. :07. An enumeration of the localities in the Florissant basin from which fossils were obtained in 1906. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 23, p. 127- 133. Cockerell, T. D. A. :07a. Some fossil arthropods from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 23, p. 605-615. Cockerell, T. D. A. :09. A catalogue of the generic names based on American insects and arachnids from the Tertiary rocks, with indications of the type species. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 26, p. 77-86. Curtis, John. '29. Observations upon a collection of fossil insects discovered near Aix in Provence. Edinb. new philos. journ., 7, p. 293-297. Defrance, J. L. M. '22. Insectes (foss). Diet. sc. nat., 23, p. 524-526. Forster, B. '91. Die insekten des plattigen steinmergels von Brunnstatt. Abh. geol. specialkarte von Elsass-Lothringen. Giebel, C. G. '56. Die insecten und spinnen der vorwelt. Leipzig. Gravenhorst, J. L. C. '35. Bericht iiber die in bernstein erhaltenen insekten der phys.-okon. gesellschaft zu Konigsberg. Uebers. schles. gesellsch., p. 92-93. Guerin-Meneville, F. E. '38. Insectes dans l'ambre. Rev. zool., 1, p. 169-170. 124 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Handlirsch, A. :07. Die fossilen insekten und die phylogenie der rezenten formen. Leipzig. Heer, Oswald. '47-'53. Die insektenfauna der tertiargebilde von Oeningen und von Radoboj in Croatien. Leipzig. Heer, Oswald. '56. Ueber die fossilen insekten von Aix in der Provence. Viertel- jahreschr. naturf. gesellsch., 1, p. 1-40. Heer, Oswald. '61. Recherches sur le climat et la vegetation du pays tertiaire. Geneve et Paris. Heer, Oswald. '65. Die urwelt der Schweitz. Zurich. Heer, Oswald. '67. Fossile hymenopteren aus Oeningen und Radoboj. Neue denk- schr., 22, (4), 42 pp. Helm, S. '99. Insekteneinschltisse in gedanit. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, n. f., 10, p. 38. Heyden, C. von. '58. Fossile insekten aus der braunkohle von Sieblos. Paleontogr., 5. p. 115-120. Keferstein, C. '34. Die naturgeschichte des erdkorpers in ihren ersten grundziigen dargestellt. Leipzig. Lesquereux, Leo. '83. The Cretaceous and Tertiary flora. Rept. U. S. geol. surv. terr., 8. Menge, A. '56. Lebenszeichen vorweltlicher, im bernstein eingeschlossener thiere. Progr. petrischule Danzig, p. 1-32. Meunier, F. '96. [Pimpla sp.] Ann. soc. sci. Bruxelles, 20, p. 277. Meunier, F. :01. Contribution a, la faune des Mymaridae ou "atomes ailes" de l'ambre. Ann. soc. sci., Bruxelles, 25, p. 282-292. Meunier, F. :03. Nuevas contribuciones a la fauna de los himenopteros fosiles. Mem. acad. Barcel., 4, no. 34, p. 7. Meunier, F. :05. Sur deux Mymaridae de l'ambre de la Baltique. Miscell. ent,, 12, p. 1-4. Pictet de la Rive, F. J. '54. Traite de paleontologie. 2 e edit. Paris. BRUES: PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA. 125 Presl, J. S. '22. Additamenta ad faunam protogaeum, sistens descriptiones aliquot animalium in succino inclusorum. Deliciae pragenses, 1, p. 191-210. Saussure, Henri de. '52. Note sur un nouvel insecte hymenoptere fossile. Rev. mag. zool., 4, p. 579-582. Schlotheim, E. F. von. '20. Die petrefactenkunde. Gotha. Schoberlin, Edmund. '88. Der Oeningen stinkschiefer und seine insektenreste. Soc. entom., 3, p. 42, 51, 61, 68-69. Scudder, S. H. '77. The insects of the tertiary beds at Quesnel. Rept. progr. geol. surv. Canada, 1875-76, p. 266-280. Scudder, S. H. '78. The fossil insects of the Green River shales. Bull. U. S. geol. geogr. surv. terr. 4, p. 747-776. Scudder, S. H. '90. The Tertiary insects of North America. Rept. U. S. G. S., 13, 734 pp., 28 pis. Serres, P. M. '29. Geognosie des terrains tertiaires. Montpellier et Paris. Sordelli, F. '82. Note sopra alcuni insetti fossili di Lombardia. Bull. soc. entom. Ital. 14, p. 224-235. Stein, J. P. E. F. '77. Drei merkwiirdige bernstein-insekten. Mitth. munch, entom. ver., 1, p. 28-30. Wheeler, W. M. :08. Comparative ethology of European and American ants. Journ. f. psychologie u. neurologie, 13. p. 404-435. 03 S-i X ca 3Q LU LLl o C5 UJ UJ u o UJ O UJ < a. UJ t— Q- o 2 UJ > I to < DC < 0. LU o < Q z D CD <£ UJ > UJ 0C The following Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are in preparation : — LOUIS CABOT. Immature State of the Odonata, Part IV. E. L. MARK. Studies on Lepidosteus, continued. " On Arachnactis. A. AGASSIZ and WHITMAN. Pelagic Fishes. Part II., with 14 Plates. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The " Albatross " Hawaiian Echini. S. CARMAN. The Plagiostomes. Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations in 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," as follows: — C. HARTLAUB. The Comatulae of the "Blake," with 15 Plates. H. LUDWIG. The Genus Pentacrinus. A. MILNE EDWARDS and E. L. BOUVIER. The Crustacea of the "Blake." A. E. VERRILL. The Alcyonaria of the "Blake." Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieutenant Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, as follows: — A. AGASSIZ. The Pelagic Fauna. HAROLD HEATH. Solenogaster. The Panamic Deep-Sea Fauna. W. A. HERDMAN. The Ascidians. H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. S. J. HICKSON. The AntipathWs. K. BRANDT. The Sagittae. E. L. MARK. Branchiocerianthus. The Thalassicolae. JOHN MURRAY. The Bottom Specimens. O. CARLGREN. The Actinarians. P. SCHIEMENZ. The Pteropods and Hete- W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. ropods. REINHARD DOHRN. The Eyes of Deep- THEO. STUDER. The Alcyonarians. Sea Crustacea. The Salpidae and Doliolidae. H.J.HANSEN. The Cirripeds. H.B.WARD. The Sipunculids. The Schizopods. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The Annelids. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jeff erson F. Moser, U. S. N., Commanding, as follows: — A. AGASSIZ. The Echini. MARY J. RATHBUN. The Crustacea H. L. CLARK. The Holothurians. Decapoda. The Volcanic Rocks. RICHARD RATHBUN. The Hydrocoral- The Coralliferous Limestones. lidae. J. M. FLINT. The Foraminifera and Radi- G gARS. The Copepods. olaria - L. STEJNEGER. The Reptiles. S. HENSHAW. The Insects R. VON LENDENFELD. The Siliceous 0. H. TOWNSEND. The Mammals, Birds, and Fishes. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes and Ophl- T - W. VAUGHA The Corals, urans. and Fossil. G. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The Annelids. PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. There have been published of the Bulletin Vols. I. to LI.; of the Memoirs, Vols. I. to XXIV., and also Vols. XXVIIL, XXIX., XXXI. to XXXIIL, and Vol. XXXVII. Vols. LII. to LV. of the Bulletin, and Vols. XXV. to XXVIL, XXX., XXXIV. to XXXVL, and XXXVIII. to XLIII. of the Mem- oirs, are now in course of publication. The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of original work by the Professors and Assistants of the Museum, of investigations carried on by students and others in the different Lab- oratories of Natural History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collections and Explorations. The following publications are in preparation: — Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations from 1877 to 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, TJ. S. N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the TJ. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, TJ. S. N., Com- manding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the TJ. S. Fish Commission Steamer • "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the TJ. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to April, 1905, Lieut. Com- mander L. M. Garrett, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, Professor E. L. Mark, Director. Contributions from the Geological Laboratory. These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals ; one volume of the Bulletin (8vo) and half a volume of the Memoirs (4to) usually appear annually. Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs is sold separately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on application to the Librarian of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 2. SOME WEST AFRICAN AMPHIBIANS. By Thomas Barbour. With Two Plates. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. March, 1911. No. 2. — Some West African Amphibians. By Thomas Barbour. Thanks to the kindness of Dr. A. G. Ruthven, the Curator of the Museum of the University of Michigan, I have been able to study a series of amphibians collected in the Cameroons by the Rev. George Schwab, who has also recently sent a fine collection direct to this Museum. In connection with this material I have worked over some specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology from other sources. Since the wonderful amphibian fauna of this region is represented in American museums by so little recently collected material, this list with notes and figures of some of the less known forms will be of interest. By the generosity of Dr. Ruthven the Museum of Comparative Zoology retains the types and a series of duplicates of the species represented in their collection. Our knowledge of the amphibian fauna of Cameroons has been brought to date most completely, with critical notes and keys for the identification of the genera and species by Fritz Nieden (Mitteil. Zool. Museum, Berlin, 1908, 3, p. 489-518). All of the Schwab collection was made at Efulen, Kribi, Cameroons, during 1907-10. The Barbour collection mentioned in these pages was obtained from various sources, and is now a part of the collection of the Mu- seum of Comparative Zoology. Rana crassipes Buchholz. & Peters. Four specimens from Efulen, Kribi, Cameroons, Schwab collection. One of the specimens shows an interesting malformation of the hind foot. Three toes are missing, the second and fourth only being present. The web is almost normal in extent and shape, but thickened and folded back from the inner margin, where it has partially fused on itself. The inner edge formed by the fold is somewhat cornified, and the foot is apparently almost as useful as the normal one. 130 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Rana longirostris Peters. A series of ten typical examples. Schwab collection, and one with shorter snout from the same locality in the Barbour collection. Rana mascareniensis Dumeril & Bibron. One in the Schwab collection. Rana albolabris Hallowell. One in the Schwab collection. Rana zenkeri Nieden. Plate 1. Nineteen half grown and adult specimens from the Schwab collec- tion show some interesting variations from Nieden's description. In the largest examples the snout is considerably longer than the diameter of the orbit, and the first and second fingers may be of the same size, or either one a little longer than the other. In all other respects these agree perfectly with the original description. Three of the examples measure from 240 to 260 mm. from nose to tip of outstretched fourth toe. Nieden's length measure taken in the same way was 160 mm. Scotobleps gabonicus Boulenger. A single example from Akok, Cameroons, in the Barbour collec- tion, has the dorsal surface of the body quite smooth, in sharp contra- distinction to the condition shown in Boulenger's figure of the type (P. Z. S. Lond., 1900, pi. 18, fig. 1). Gampsosteonyx batesii Boulenger. An example in the Barbour collection from Efulen, Kribi, Cameroons as well as one in the Schwab collection from the same locality. I had BARBOUR: SOME WEST AFRICAN AMPHIBIANS. 131 about decided to consider this second specimen as the type of a new species. Lack of sufficient material, however, makes this doubtful. The specimen in the Schwab collection differs in having very large eyes, larger than shown in Boulenger's figure. (P. Z. S. Lond., 1900, pi. 29, fg. b.) The interorbital space is narrow, less than the width of an eyelid. The back is covered with very fine granules in regular lines instead of being " smooth and shiny." The profile is less slanting than in G. batesii, so that the muzzle is thick and heavy. Astylosternus diadematus Werner. Nieden has noted the identity of Astylosternus Werner with Tricho- batrachus Boulenger. The seven hairy frogs before me force the conclusion that T. robustus Boulenger is a synonym of Werner's A. diadematus. The amount of emargination of the tongue, the size and position of the vomerine teeth groups, and the extent of the web between the toes shows such variation as to agree with the descriptions of both these species. Three of the seven specimens were procured some time ago by exchange for the Museum of Comparative Zoology ; the other four came with the Schwab collection. The University of Michigan received thirteen examples, all from Efulen, Kribi, Cameroons. Dilobates platycephalus Boulenger. A single example in the Schwab collection adds this species to the fauna of Cameroons. Its occurrence is not, of course, unexpected, as most of the species originally described from Gaboon have long ere this appeared in collections from Cameroons. Nyctibates laevis, sp. nov. Plate 2, Fig. 1. Type, M. C. Z. 2629, a single example from Efulen, Kribi, Cam- eroons, taken by the Rev. George Schwab. Similar in general habit to N. corrugatus Boulenger (Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, 1904, 13, p. 261-2). It differs in smaller tympanum, longer hind limb, large digital dilations, smooth skin on back, and absence of the fine folds on the back converging posteriorly. 132 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Description. Vomerine teeth in two small rounded groups between and very slightly posterior to the choanae. Head large, as long as broad; snout slightly longer than the orbit, with rounded profile; canthus rostralis not especially well developed; loreal region very slightly concave; nostril much nearer tip of snout than eye; eye large and prominent; interorbital space broader than upper eyelid; tympanum not one half the diameter of the eye. Limbs slender; tips of fingers and toes conspicuously dilated into discs; first finger a little shorter than second; toes about one third webbed; subarticu- lar tubercles strong; a conspicuous inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibiotarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth, lower parts strongly granular. Uniform slate color above, dirty white below. Very faint darker cross bars on the limbs. Nyctibates corrugatus Boulenger. A fine adult in the Schwab collection. This example differs con- siderably from the original description. The dorsal asperities are abundantly developed but scattered quite irregularly. They show no tendency to form chevron-like series. There is no triangular dark marking with light colored margin situated between the eyes. The lips are not wholly white but are marked with dusky broad, vertical bars. The inner side of the leg is not black but rather dusky brown with very many white spots. The specimen is unusually well preserved and as it was among the lot collected in 1910, I do not suppose that it has faded very much, if any. Chiromantis rufescens Giinther. Two examples in the Schwab collection. Phrynobatrachus plicatus Giinther. Two specimens from Bitye, on the Ja River, Cameroons, Barbour collection, and two from Efulen, Schwab collection. Petropedates newtonii Bocage. A single adult male, with prominent tympanic stalks. Another male with less prominent stalks, and a female, from the Schwab collection. BARBOUR: SOME WEST AFRICAN AMPHIBIANS. 133 Petropedates johnstoni (Boulenger). The Barbour collection has a specimen from Akok, near Kribi, Cameroons. Leptodactylodon ovatus Anderson. Plate 2, Fig. 2. The genus and species is figured for the first time from one of the two examples in the Schwab collection. Arthroleptis variabilis Matschie. Two specimens from Kribi, Barbour collection. Arthroleptis inguinalis Boulenger. An example from Efulen, Barbour collection, and two in the Schwab collection. Dimorphognathus africanus (Boulenger). A specimen each in the Barbour collection, and in the Schwab collection. They are both from Kribi. Rappia ocellata (Gunther). One from Bitye, Ja River, Cameroons, Barbour collection. Rappia picturata Peters. A single example from Anda, Lake Azingo, Gaboon, Barbour collection. Rappia pusilla Cope. One from Efulen, Cameroons, Barbour collection, and one in the Schwab collection. / 134 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Rappia marmorata (Rapp.). One from Anda, Lake Azingo, Gaboon, Barbour collection. Rappia steindachneri Bocage. Two from Bitye, Cameroons, Barbour collection, and four in the Schwab collection also. Megalixalus fornasinii Bianco. Several specimens in the Barbour collection from Lake Asebbe, Gaboon, as well as two in the Schwab collection. Megalixalus vittiger (Peters). A specimen from Bitye, Ja River, Cameroons, in Barbour collection. Hylambates aubryi Dumeril. A specimen from Efulen Cameroons, Barbour collection. Hylambates rufus Reichenow. Numerous specimens from Kribi in both the collections. The "varieties" boulengeri, notata, modesta, and vrntrimaculata in no wise represent distinguishable races in that they all occur in the same area. They are simply individual variations. Hylambates ocellatus Mocquard. One from Ja River, Cameroons, in the Barbour collection, and five in the Schwab series. Hylambates cubitoalbus Boulenger. One from five miles inland from Kribi, Cameroons, Barbour col- lection. BARBOUR: SOME WEST AFRICAN AMPHIBIANS. 135 Hylambates calcaratus Boulenger. One from five miles inland from Kribi, Cameroons, Barbour col- lection. Hylambates millsonii Boulenger. One from the Ja River, Cameroons, Barbour collection. Hylambates brevirostris Werner. One from five miles inland from Kribi, Cameroons, Barbour col- lection, and two from the Schwab collection. Cardioglossa gracilis Boulenger. A specimen in the Barbour collection from the Ja River district, Cameroons. Phrynomantis bifasciatus (Smith). Two specimens in the Barbour collection from Angola. Nectophryne afra Buchholz & Peters. A single specimen in the Barbour collection from Bitye on the Ja River, Cameroons. Bufo regularis Renso. There are two young specimens in the Cameroons collection made by Schwab. There were also examples in the Museum from Cam- eroons and Gaboon in West Africa, and in the Barbour collection from Angola. Bufo latifrons Boulenger. A fine series of all ages in the Schwab collection. Bufo tuberosus Giinther. Pour adult examples in the Schwab collection. 136 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Bufo superctliaris Boulenger. An enormous example in the Barbour collection from the Ja River, Cameroons. Bufo funereus Boulenger. Three examples in the Schwab collection, and another in Barbour collection. Hymenochirus boettgeri Tornier. Three specimens from the Ja River in the Barbour collection. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 1. Rana zenkeri Nieden. Natural size. Plate 2. Figure 1. Nyctibates laevis Barbour. Lateral view of type. Natural size. Figure 2. Leptodadylodon ovatus Anderson. Natural size. African Amphibians Plate i E. N. FISCHER, DEL. MELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON African Amphibians Plate E. N. FISCHER, DEL. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 3. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ: HIS LIFE 'Mm SCIENTIFIC WORK. By Sir John Murray. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. March, 1911. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the East- ern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, v to March, 1905, Lieutenant Commander L. M. Garrett, U. S. N., Commanding, published or in preparation: — - A. AGASSIZ. V.« General Report on the Expedition. A. AGASSIZ. I.i Three Letters to Geo. M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Com. A. AGASSIZ and II. L. CLARK. The Echini H. B. BIGELOW. XVI." The Medusae. H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. R. P. BIGELOW. The Stomatopods. O. CARLGREN. The Actinaria. S. F. CLARKE. VIII. * The Hydroids. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. L. J. COLE. XIX." The Pycnogonida. W. H. DALL. XIV." The Mollusks. C. R. EASTMAN. VII. 7 The Sharks' Teeth. W. G. FARLOW. The Algae. S. GARMAN. XIT.12 The Reptiles. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. H. J. HANSEN. The Schizopods. S. HENSHAW. The Insects. W. E. HOYLE. The Cephalopods. W. C. KENDALL and L. RADCLIFFE. The Fishes. C. A. KOFOID. III. 3 IX.' XX." The Protozoa. P. KRUMBACH. The Sagittae. \ R. VON LENDENFELD. XXI.21 The Siliceous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Holothurians. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes. H. LUDWIG. The Ophiurans. G. W. MtJLLER. The Ostracods. JOHN MURRAY and G. V. LEE. XVII. i ? The Bottom Specimens. MARY J. RATHBUN. X." The Crus- tacea Decapoda. HARRIET RICHARDSON. II.* The Isopods. W. E. RITTER. IV. 4 The Tunicates. ALICE ROBERTSON. The Bryozoa. B. L. ROBINSON. The Plants. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. F. E. SCHULZE. XI." The Xenophyo- phoras. H. R. SIMROTH. The Pteropods and Heteropods. E. C. STARKS. XIII" Atelaxia. TH. STUDER. The Alcyonaria. JH. THIELE. XV.15 Bathysciadium. T. W. VAUGHAN. VI.« The Corals. R. WOLTERECK. XVIII.i 8 The Am- phipods. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. » Bull. M. C. z., 2 Bull. M. c. z., 3 Bull. M. c. z., * Bull. M c. z., 6 Mem . M . c . z. * Bull. M. c. z., 7 Bull. M. c. z.. s Mem . M .c . z. » Bull. M. c. z. io Mem . M . c z. ii Bull. M. c. z.. '2 Bull. M. c. z., " Bull. M. c. z.. "'Bull. M. c. z., is Bull. M. c. z., 16 Mem . M . c . z ■ 7 Mem . M . c . z. " Bull. M. c z.. 1 9 Bull. M c. z.. *»Bull. M. c. z. w Mem. M c . z Vol. XLVL, No. 4, April, 1905, 22 pp. Vol. XLVL, No. 6, July, 1905, 4 pp., 1 pi. Vol. XLVL, No. 9, September, 1905, 5 pp., 1 pi. Vol. XLVL, No. 13, January. 1906. 22 pp., 3 pis. , Vol. XXXIII., January, 1906, 90 pp., 96 pis. Vol. L.. No. 3, August, 1906, 14 pp.. 10 pis. Vol. L.. No. 4, November, 19C6. 26 pp., 4 pis. , Vol. XXXV., No. 1, February, 1907, 20 pp., 15 pis. Vol. L., No. 6, February. 1907, 4S pp., 18 pis. , Vol. XXXV., No 2, August, 1907. 56 pp., 9 pis. Vol. LI., No. 6. November, 1907, 22 pp., 1 pi. Vol. LIL, No. 1, June, 1908. 14 pp., 1 pi. Vol LIT., No. 2. July, 1908, 8 pp., 5 pis. Vol. XLIIL. No. 6, October, 1908, 285 pp., 22 pis. Vol. LIL, No. 5, October, 1908, 11 pp., 2 pis. , Vol. XXXVII.. February. 1909, 243 pp., 48 pis. . Vol. XXXVIII., No. 1. June. 1909. 172 pp., 5 pis., 3 maps. Vol. LIL, No. 9. June. 1909, 26 pp., 8 pis. Vol. LIL, No. 11, August, 1909, 10 pp., 3 pis. Vol. LTL, No. 13. September 1909, 48 pp., 4 pis ., A T ol. XLL, August, September, 1910, 323 pp., 56 pis Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 3. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ: HIS LIFE AND SCIENTIFIC WORK. By Sir John Murray. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. March, 1911. No. 3. — Alexander Agassiz: His Life and Scientific Work. By Silt John Murray. 1 Alexander Agassiz, our distinguished alumnus and my friend, died at sea in mid-ocean on board the S. S. "Adriatic" on Easter Morning, the 27th March, 1910. When this information was re- ceived in England by wireless message, it was believed that some mistake had been made, for only a few days previously he had parted with scientific friends in London apparently in most excellent health. The sad news was too speedily confirmed. A few days later I had occasion to speak before an assemblage of scientific men and ocean- ographers, and I said his death was a great loss to American science, to the science of oceanography, and to all people who take an interest in the progress of natural knowledge. On this occasion I propose to show that this statement was fully justified, and that a truly great man passed from the world when Alexander Agassiz died. Alexander Agassiz was the only son of the famous naturalist, Louis Agassiz, by his first wife, Cecile Braun, and was born at Neucha- tel in Switzerland on the 17th December, 1835. His school days were spent at his birthplace and at the Burger School at Freiburg, in Baden, Germany, where his maternal uncle was a professor in the University, where his mother and sisters then resided, and where he also came under the influence of a great biologist, Professor Theo. von Siebold. Here were laid the foundations of an education in the French and German languages and in science, which proved a great advantage in his future career. His mother was an artist, and we have hints that her temperament was very different from the placid uniformity which is said to have been characteristic of his father. The father and son are said by Dr. Walcott, who knew them both well, to have apparently belonged to absolutely different types. 2 When I some- 1 Memorial Address delivered in Sanders Theatre. Cambridge, Mass., March 22, 1911, at the request of the President and Fellows of Harvard College. 2 Boston Evening Transcript, April 6, 1910. 140 bulletin: museum of compakative zoology. times observed outbursts of indignation, and impatience in Alexander Agassiz, I was always reminded of a passage in the quarrel between Cassius and Brutus in the play of Julius Caesar. Cassius exclaims; "Have you not love enough to bear with me, When that rash humour which my mother gave me Makes me forgetful?" And Brutus replies, "Yes, Cassius; and from henceforth, When you are over-earnest with your Brutus, He'll think your mother chides, and leave you so." In 1849, at the age of 13 years, the young Agassiz joined his father in America, and his later education took place at Harvard College and the Lawrence Scientific School at Cambridge, Mass., where the elder Agassiz occupied the Chair of Natural History. He used to refer with much pleasure and satisfaction to the manner in which he was befriended, soon after his arrival in the country, by Augustus Lowell, the father of our President Lowell. In 1855 Alexander Agassiz graduated at Harvard. Two years later he took the degree of S. B. in Civil Engineering, and later a second S. B. degree in Natural History. Between 1856 and 1859 he taught in the Agassiz School, and here it was he first met, as a pupil, the young lady who was to become his wife. In 1859 he w r as appointed an Assistant in the United States Coast Survey, and worked in California and Wash- ington Territory. In 1860, at the age of twenty-six, he married Anna Russell. It was a love match, and the young couple started out with a very slender income. In the same year Agassiz was appointed Assistant Zoologist in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, founded by his father. His connection with this institution lasted as long as he lived — a full half century. During half of that period he acted as Curator, succeeding his father. On resigning the Curatorship in September, 1898, he served on the Faculty of the Museum as Secretary. In 1902 he was made Director of the University Museum. In 1863 Agassiz became interested in coal mining in Pennsylvania, but afterwards turned his attention to the copper mines of Lake Superior, acting as Superintendent of the Calumet and Hecla Mines from March, 1867 to October, 1868. It was in consequence of his ability, attention, devotion, and business habits that these mines MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 141 turned out a great financial success at a later date. Up to the time of his death he was President of this successful company. In 1869 he had a severe illness at Cambridge from the effects of over-work, anxiety and exposure at Calumet, from which it is believed he never fully recovered. The years immediately preceding this illness had been full of all the financial and other worries connected with mine superintendence and the care of a large and growing busi- ness. Still even at this busy period we find the dominant note of Alexander Agassiz's life continuously sounded — the desire to add to the sum of natural knowledge. As a boy he had accompanied his father on his cruise in the " Bibb " off Nantucket, and in 1851 he aided in the survey of the Florida Reefs. Before he had reached the age of thirty over twenty publica- tions had appeared from his pen in various American scientific journals, the subjects ranging from the flight of Lepidoptera and beaver dams to the position of sandstones on the shores of Lake Superior, and zoological classification. The great majority, however, of these papers deal with marine organisms, such as Medusae, Salpae, Annelids, Actinae, Echinoderms, and various pelagic larvae. These papers, as well as the fact that he published in 1865, conjointly with his step-mother, Mrs. E. C. Agassiz, a popular book on marine life entitled " Seaside Studies in Natural History," show that even in his early career he was fascinated by the ocean, its myriad inhabitants and their conditions of existence. It could not well be otherwise, considering the intellectual atmosphere by which he was surrounded. He took a keen interest in the explora- tions of his friend, Pourtales, off the coasts of Florida, and assisted in the description of his collections. In fact Agassiz's early manhood coincided with the great renewal of interest in the physical and bio- logical conditions of the great ocean basins. Maury and Brooke had taught men how to sound correctly the deep sea, and Maury had published his "Physical Geography of the Sea" and a depth chart of the whole North Atlantic. Bailey had examined microscopically the deep-sea deposits under the Gulf Stream; Pourtales had discussed the formation of green-sand in the same deposits, and the older Agassiz had pointed out the bearing of these new facts on the question of the permanence of continents and ocean basins. The observations of Loven and Michael Sars had shown that, if there was a zero of life in the great oceans, it must lie at a much greater depth than Forbes had indicated from his observations in the Mediterranean. Wallich, Huxley, and Haeckel had expounded their views on the 142 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. habitat of the Globigerinae, the shells of which covered the floor of the ocean, and of some organisms brought up from a great depth on sounding lines. The renowned "Bathybius" had been described as a living carpet on the ocean-floor and was accepted by the scientific world. Wyville Thomson, Jeffreys, and Carpenter had conducted deep-sea explorations in the " Lightning," " Porcupine," and " Shear- water," capturing in great depths Crinoids, irregular Sea Urchins, and other marine creatures which were reminiscent of fossil forms. All these fresh and striking facts, and the speculations connected therewith, must have been present in the mind of the young natura- list when recovering from his severe illness in 1869. One can well imagine how earnestly he desired to take an active part in the new explorations and investigations which were either then being carried out or were projected for the near future. At this time an unexpected occurrence enabled him to realize a long wished-for opportunity of visiting and examining the Echini collections in European Museums and of becoming personally acquainted with the British naturalists then engaged in oceanographical work and deep-sea exploration. One day when recovering from his illness he chanced to meet his friend, Mr. James Lawrence of Boston. Lawrence remarked, "How ill you are looking!" and Agassiz replied that he thought he was dying. "Nonsense," said Lawrence, "what you need is rest and change of scene." "I cannot afford it," was the reply. "Oh yes! you can," said Lawrence, "I'll be your banker." Agassiz never referred to this incident without emotion. He always felt that he owed his life to Mr. Lawrence. Mr. and Mrs. Agassiz sailed for Europe in the autumn of 1869, with their children and were absent from Boston for fully a year. This was a period of convalescence and of great pleasure and enjoyment; it was also a period of great activity and hard work. His first visit was to Wyville Thomson, who was then Professor at Belfast, in Ireland. Years previously they had been in correspondence about the dis- tribution and development of Echinoderms, and Agassiz was, of course, anxious to see him and to learn all about the "Lightning" and "Porcupine" Expeditions, in which Wyville Thomson had taken part, and concerning which he had just published a Statement of Results. The subsequent correspondence shows that this, as well as another visit towards the end of 1870, gave the greatest satisfaction to both naturalists as well as to their wives. Agassiz then proceeded to visit and examine the Echini collections in nearly every museum in Europe. The great majority of the original type specimens described MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 143 by the principal writers on the subject during the nineteenth century thus passed through his hands and were critically compared with specimens from the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge and from the recent deep-sea expeditions. A few extracts from his own letters will best indicate his progress, occupations, and impres- sions during this visit to Europe. Wyville Thomson had written to Agassiz after his visit to Belfast that he had lost or mislaid some deep-sea specimen, and Agassiz, jocularly, replied from London, assuring him that he had "taken nothing away from Ireland except a bad cold." From Copenhagen he writes to Wyville Thomson : — " What a pleasant place this is ! My wife wishes me to send her kindest regards to Mrs. Thomson and yourself. I am here after a most successful trip through Germany, and am on my way to Stockholm. By the time I get through, we shall have been in every place where there is anything to be seen in the way of type Echinoderms. I am getting on famously as far as the material for the Echini catalogue is con- cerned. In Berlin I saw many nice things from Japan. I am just finishing the Echinoids here with Liitken, who is a most charming fellow...." From Switzerland (Leuk, August 8th, 1870) he writes: — "I have done now with my examination of the Echini collections, having now seen them all, and I hope I shall not be prevented from getting out my catalogue very rapidly after my return home." From Lausanne (August 23rd, 1870) he again writes to Wyville Thomson : — " We have just come back from a charming trip to the mountains, had pleasant weather the whole time, besides doing us all a great deal of good. I am happy to say I am now picking up fast, and if I keep up at the present rate trust to be perfectly well this fall when I go home. We hope to be in London last part of October. We sail 8th November, and I shall manage if possible to take a run to Belfast and see what you have got (that is from the "Porcupine" Expedition.) ... I hope you will have the best of luck on your new trip, and find something more astounding than Rhizocrinus, Pour- talesia, or Calveria. Mrs. Agassiz wishes me to thank you very much for your kind invitation, and to send her kindest remembrances to yourself and Mrs. Thomson." Here are some extracts from his letters immediately after his arrival at home : — "We had a capital passage; except two days when it was rough, it was quite pleasant, the whole not lasting more than a little over 144 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. eight days from Queenstown, which for the season was admirable. I found Father much better than I had hoped to see him again. He manages to come to the Museum for an hour or so a day, sees a few of his friends every day, and keeps going just enough to be employed. He improves daily, and I see no reason why he should not have a long period of usefulness yet, though of course nothing like his old work can now be expected from him again " In March, 1871 he writes (from Cambridge) — "I am just getting out a new edition of the Seaside Studies, which will, however, be a mere reprint." — and in March, 1872, " I hope you will accept the offer to go round the globe, and if you go may you get all the ante- diluvial things left. I am greatly afraid Father's expedition is not going to result as well as we hoped; the vessel is a great disappoint- ment, five weeks out of ten they have spent repairing. They have left Rio, and the next mail trust to hear from them in the Straits of Magellan." In April, 1872 he says: — " Don't be alarmed by the number of my epistles. But I wanted to acknowledge at once the safe arrival of the 'Calveria' and of the 'Phormosoma.' I need not tell you how greatly obliged I am to you " The "Revision of the Echini" 1 began to appear the year after his return from Europe. This is the best known of the works of Alexander Agassiz and at once stamped the writer as the leading authority on the subject. Part I. deals with the literature, nomenclature, syn- onymy, and geographical distribution of the Echini, and extends to 242 pages. Part II. deals with the Echini of the east coast of the United States, including a report on the deep-sea Echini collected in the Straits of Florida by Pourtales in 1867-1869, and extends to 136 pages. Part III. contains the descriptions of the species of recent Echini, and extends to 251 pages. Part IV. deals with the structure and embryology of the Echini, and extends to 141 pages. The text thus occupies 770 quarto pages, and is illustrated by seven maps showing the geographical distribution and 87 plates giving full figures and details, in addition to numerous wood-cuts in the text. This Report represents an immense amount of work and close study, and it became the standard for all subsequent investigations dealing with this class of animals. » Revision of the Echini. Illustr. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. (Cambridge, Mass.,) No. VII., 1872-1874; by Alexander Agassiz. It was divided into four parts for pur- poses of publication; Parts I. and II. were issued together in 1872, the Introduction being dated August, 1872, Part III. in September, 1873, and Part IV. in January, 1874. MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 145 Agassiz throughout his active scientific life was a constant student of Echinoderms. He worked on Starfishes and Crinoids, but the principal object of his interest was the recent Echini. His first pub- lication on this fascinating group of animals was in 1863, and his last in 1909. covering a term of forty-six years, a long period of sustained interest and work. He described a considerable part of the deep-sea species and genera known to science in his Monographs on the Deep- Sea Echini collected by the "Challenger," "Blake," and "Albatross" Expeditions. He described as new, about one-third of the known recent Echini, of which there are some 450 species. In addition to systematic work, he published on the development and morphology of Echini as well as on their geographical and bathy- metrical distribution. His work was almost wholly on recent forms, but in several of his works, especially the Revision, and "Challenger" Report, there is discussion of, and some observations on, fossil Echini. The three years immediately succeeding his return from Europe in December, 1870 were the most active, fruitful, and enjoyable of his whole life. His financial position had greatly improved and his mind was crowded with new schemes and new ideas with reference to the study of the ocean. He visited the "Challenger" Expedition when the ship reached Halifax in May, 1873. He was enthusiastic about our captures, and he could teach us much we did not know, especially about Echinoderm and Annelid larvae. I remember he showed us how he had proved that Tornaria was the larva of Balanoglossus. All the younger men of the Expedition were pronounced evolutionists or Darwinists, and the name of Agassiz conjured up opposition to such views, but the impression made by Alexander Agassiz was excellent in every direction, the general judgment being that the younger Agassiz was a very different man from his distinguished father. It was freely prophesied that he would have a very brilliant scientific- future. He was buoyant, cheerful, confident, and possessed a fund of dry humour. He was rather above medium height, with brown eyes and dark complexion. He had a fine presence, dignified bearing, and gracious manners. The following note received on board the "Challenger" some months after his" visits indicates conscious capacity and the overflowing joy of life: — "We are all flourishing here after a very successful summer at Penikese, about which you must have seen plenty in the papers. The Museum is getting fuller than an egg, and I don't know what we shall do for room. We have just secured the collection of Wachsmuth — the finest collection of Crinoids there is from the West, and with what we have, our collection is now 146 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. superb. I shall attack them soon I hope." (Cambridge, October 24, 1873.) The scene, the outlook on life, was suddenly changed. His father, Louis Agassiz, died on the 14th December, 1873. His beloved wife, Anna Russell, who had tenderly nursed and watched at the bed-side of her father-in-law during his last illness, caught cold from exposure on the night of his death, and died from pneumonia within ten days thereafter. This was a terrible blow to Alexander Agassiz. The light and brightness of his life had suddenly been extinguished. A cloud fell upon him which nothing on this earth could completely clear away. His mental attitude towards the future is plainly stated in a letter written from Peru in March, 1875 and received on board the " Chal- lenger" when we were voyaging in the Pacific. It evoked the deep sympathy of the "Challenger" naturalists. He says: — "I hear of your whereabouts through the papers occasionally, though lately I have not seen anything concerning your movements, as I have been wandering about in Chili and Peru, out of the way of all newspapers. I could not stand the associations of my house after the terrible ordeal I had to pass through, and for about five months I have been listlessly running from place to place trying to wake up an interest in outside matters. It is all well enough as long as I am on the move, and there is the excitement of constantly seeing new things and new people, but when I am settled down for any length of time, and attempt to do any continuous work, it is impossible for me to throw off my troubles, and life seems unendurable. Yet I cannot deny that I have had a great deal of pleasure on my trip to South America, and under ordinary circumstances it would have been to me a great store of future enjoy- ment. As it is I look upon it as so much time passed, and really dread the moment when I shall reach home, or rather my house, for no place can henceforth be a home to me." Even here, however, what I have called the dominant note of his life — the desire to get new knowledge — rings out strongly, for the rest of this distressful letter is taken up with a detailed description of his exploration of Lake Titicaca. He had taken his Museum Assist- ant with him to help in making collections for the Museum at Cam- bridge; he had chartered the only available vessel, had taken water, and air temperatures, had dredged and tow-netted and constructed a bathymetrical chart of this elevated lake, 12,500 feet above sea level — altogether a most interesting description from all points of view. MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 147 The Alexander Agassiz before the death of his wife in 1873 was, in my opinion, a very different man from the Alexander Agassiz after that sad event. The first Alexander Agassiz I had seen, but I knew him only very slightly. I have pictured him as he appears to me from his correspondence, from what I have heard from his intimates, and from his own lips. The second Alexander Agassiz I knew well, long and intimately; he was during the last thirty-four years one of my most intimate and valued scientific friends. During his visit to the "Challenger" at Halifax he promised to come to England on the return of the Expedition to see our deep-sea treasures. When he arrived in Edinburgh I referred to the death of his wife, but he held up his hands and said, "I cannot bear it." His expression was such that the subject was never again mentioned, although he frequently spoke about his boys. He spent fully two months in Edinburgh, but would not at that time attend any social functions. Every day from early morning till as long as day-light lasted he assisted me in opening boxes and bottles and in separating out the various groups of marine organisms, especially selecting the Echini, which he was to take to America, having consented to describe this group of organisms for the Report on the Scientific Results of the Expedition. While this work was going on we had abundant opportunity for discussing the work and results of the expedition and every aspect of the new science of the sea. I was relatively young, and often recounted to him the comic and other incidents of the voyage, and he would smile and seem amused. His attitude was, however, in striking contrast to the boisterous merriment of Haeckel when engaged with me in the same place and in similar occupations. On the conclusion of his visit he wrote to Wyville Thomson on Jan- uary 23, 1877:— "I can't tell you what a pleasant time I have had in Edinburgh, thanks to you and Lady Thomson. It is really the first time since the death of father and my wife that I have felt in the least as if there were anything to live for, and I hope you have put me on the track to get into harness again and do my share of the work I have to do, if not with pleasure, at least cheerfully." During the last thirty-five years of his life Alexander Agassiz's activities and interests were many and varied. The control and direction of the Calumet and Hecla Mines demanded frequent visits to the West, and there we find him conducting valuable experiments in the distribution of underground temperatures in the great depths of the mine. We also find him producing carbonic acid gas to put 148 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. out a disastrous fire in the mines — said to be the first time this method was thus employed on a large scale. The first American attempt to found a zoological station at Penikese having failed, he established a zoological laboratory at Newport to take its place, equipping it with all the necessary appliances and accommodations for twelve students. This institution was carried on for twenty-five years — till it was no longer necessary owing to the establishment of the Woods Hole Marine Biological Station. The important series of oceanographical or deep-sea investigations with which his name is so closely associated have won for him the gratitude of all subsequent generations of scientific workers. He directed three expeditions in the Atlantic in the U. S. S. " Blake," and three in the Pacific in the U. S. S. "Albatross." These dealt especially with the deep-sea, and yielded an immense number of new organisms and new observations concerning the physical, chemical, biological, and geological conditions of the great ocean basins. Agas- siz, being a practical engineer, was able to suggest many improve- ments in deep-sea instruments and methods; the wire rope for dredging and a modified trawl for deep-sea work were among these improvements. The general account of the Atlantic expeditions is published in two volumes entitled "Three Cruises of the "Blake," and the general accounts of the Pacific expeditions are to be found in the Bulletins and Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. It would be difficult to overestimate the value of the zoological and other collections amassed during these most excellent and extensive explorations. If we can say that we now know the physical and biological condi- tions of the great ocean basins in their broad general outlines — and I believe we can do so — the present state of our knowledge is due to the combined work and observations of a great many men belonging to many nationalities, but most probably more to the work and inspiration of Alexander Agassiz than to any other single man. Agassiz's researches in the Atlantic resulted in very definite knowl- edge concerning the submarine topography of the West Indian region and of the animals inhabiting these seas at all depths — probably we know more of this submarine area than of any other area of equal extent in the world because of his explorations. He arrived at the general result that the deep-sea animals of the Gulf of Panama were more closely allied to those in the deep waters of the Caribbean Sea than the Caribbean forms were to those of the deep Atlantic. Hence MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 149 he concluded that the Caribbean Sea was at one time a bay of the Pacific Ocean, and that since Cretaceous times it had been cut off from the Pacific by the uprise of the Isthmus of Panama. When the "Challenger" Expedition carried her explorations down through the central Southern Pacific, she found a rather puzzling state of things. In deep water relatively very few animals were captured on the bottom of the ocean when compared with those taken in the Great Southern Ocean or nearer continental shores; those obtained were, however, of rather pronounced archaic types. The deposits in the same area were of surpassing interest; large quan- tities of a deep-brown clay were hauled up, in which were imbedded enormous numbers of manganese nodules and concretions, some of them being formed around sharks' teeth, earbones and other bones of whales, and others around volcanic fragments mostly converted into palagonite. Sometimes hundreds of sharks' teeth and dozen of whales' earbones were captured in a single haul, and most of them belonged to extinct species. Small zeolitic crystals and crystal balls were also mixed up in these red-brown clays, evidently formed in situ. More extraordinary still were the minute spherules having a hard black coating and an interior of pure iron and nickel, as well as other minute spherules, called chondres, found hitherto only in meteorites. These spherules are believed to have an extra-terrestrial origin, and to have formed at one time the tails of meteorites or falling stars. This was a strange assemblage of things, and some scientific men argued that such a condition of matters must be regarded as local and accidental. Now Alexander Agassiz explored anew this region of the earth's surface the furthest removed from the shores of continental land, and he found that the same condition of things extended over vast areas of the Pacific Ocean. Here we have almost certainly the region of minimum accumulation on the sea-floor, and recent investigations indicate that there is in these deep deposits more radio-active matter than anywhere else in the solid crust of our planet. A satisfactory and clear understanding of the phenomena has not yet been obtained, but Agassiz's researches take us a long way on the road to a solution of some exceedingly interesting and important oceanic problems. During the last thirty years of his life, Agassiz became very greatly interested in all coral-reef problems, and organized very many ex- tended expeditions, almost entirely at his own expense, with the view of studying coral reefs, coral islands, and upraised coral formations. It would be wearisome to give even an abstract of all the publications 150 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. by himself and his assistants dealing more or less directly with these subjects. It can truly be said that he visited, explored, and described with much detail every important coral-reef region of the world, in the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Agassiz's special interest in the coral-island problem was apparently first awakened dming his visit to Edinburgh in 1876. I had sketched out a series of papers to be presented to the Royal Society of Edin- burgh during that session, and he heard the first of these read, viz., "The Distribution of Volcanic Debris over the Floor of the Ocean, its Character, Source, and some of the Products of its Disintegration and Decomposition." He became rather enthusiastic about the results arrived at in the paper. Another of these papers dealt with the distribution of carbonate of lime over the floor of the ocean and with coral-reef formations. One of the most striking results of the "Challenger" Expedition was the discovery of enormous numbers of pelagic calcareous Algae, pelagic Foraminifera, and pelagic Mollusca in the surface and sub-surface waters everywhere within tropical and sub-tropical regions, but the dead calcareous shells of these pelagic organisms were not distributed with similar uniformity over the floor of the ocean. In some places they formed Pteropod and Globigerina oozes, but in the very greatest depths not a trace of these shells could be found in the Red Clays which covered the bed of the ocean. It was observed that the thinner and more delicate shells disappeared first from the marine deposits with increasing depth, and only the thicker and more compact shells or their fragments reached the greater depths. These conclusions were verified again and again during the cruise of the " Challenger," and subsequently by Agassiz in his expeditions. Evidently the calcareous shells were removed by the solvent action of sea-water as they fell towards, or shortly after they reached, the bottom of the ocean. In the shallower depths the majority of the shells reached the bottom before being completely dissolved, and there accumulated. The solvent action was also re- tarded in these lesser depths through the sea-water in direct contact with the deposit becoming saturated, and therefore unable to take up more lime. The explanations thus given to account for the dis- appearance of carbonate of lime from deep-sea deposits were then applied to the interpretation of the phenomena of coral atolls and barrier-reefs. It was argued that all the characteristic features of atolls and barrier-reefs could be explained by a reference to the bio- logical, mechanical, and chemical processes everywhere going on in MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 151 the ocean without calling in the extensive subsidences demanded by the theories of Darwin and Dana. Agassiz almost at once adopted these views, saying, " I never really accepted the theories of Darwin and Dana; it was all too mighty simple. Besides," he added, "this new view is founded on observa- tion and can be verified, and I'll attempt to do it, and will visit coral- reef regions for the purpose." Darwin, it will be remembered, stated that his whole theory was thought out on the west coast of South America before he had seen a true coral reef. 1 The method of Agassiz was to see every true coral- reef region of the world before he formed any theory. Darwin's theory of coral reefs may be briefly stated as follows: — The corals commence by forming fringing reefs along a shore. The shore commences to subside, but the corals grow directly upwards. In course of time a lagoon-channel is formed between the growing reef and the subsiding shore-line. When this process continues for a sufficient length of time the central island completely disappears beneath the waves, and the lagoon of an atoll occupies ultimately the place of the island. The fringing reef thus develops into the bar- rier reef, and the barrier reef develops into the atoll. Agassiz writes in 1909 that the result of his studies on coral reefs has been "to dissent in toto from the views of Dana and Darwin regarding the mode of formation of barrier reefs and atolls." In 1902, after his visit to the Maldives, he wrote to me as follows: — "This will be the end of a most successful expedition, perhaps to me the most interesting visit to a coral-reef group I have made. For certainly I have learned more at the Maldives about atolls than in all my past experience in the Pacific and elsewhere. I should never have forgiven myself had I not seen the Maldives with my own eyes and formed my own opinion of what they mean. — Such a lot of twaddle — it's all wrong what Darwin has said, and the charts ought to have shown him that he was talking nonsense. . . .At any rate I am glad that I always stuck to writing what I saw in each group and explained what I saw as best I could, without trying all the time to have an all-embracing theory. Now, however, I am ready to have my say on coral reefs and to write a connected account of coral reefs based upon what I have seen. It will be a pleasure to me to write such a book and illustrate it properly by charts and photographs. But it will be quite a job with my other work on hand. I hope to live to 100! or rather I don't hope, but ought to! to finish all." i See "Life and Letters of Charles Darwin," vol. 1, p. 70. London, 1887. 152 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Later, in 1907, he writes: — "I have started on my coral-reef book, but it is a job, a good deal more than I expected. If I stay at home I ought to make good progress." Later in the same year he says: — "I fancy I shall have all the time I want to write out my popular account of coral reefs. I have made a fair beginning, and hope to keep the material within reasonable bounds and not allow it to run away with me." Four months before his death he wrote: — "I have worked hard at my coral-reef book," and only a few days before his death he told me in London that he had really sketched out this book three times, but found it very difficult indeed to deal satisfactorily with the mass of information that had been collected. It was his intention, he stated, to write this book during the present year prac- tically for the fourth and last time, leaving out all criticism of the work of others and stating exactly what he had himself observed and his own views. When in 1903 he addressed the Royal Society of London on coral reefs, he simply described what he had seen in the various coral-reef regions, and did not enter into any controversial matters. The real point of his address came out in the subsequent discussion, viz., that in all his investigations and voyages he had not seen one single atoll or barrier-reef which could be said to be an illustration of the Darwinian theory of coral reefs. It was evident to a large number of naturalists who had themselves observed in the field that the subsi- dence theory was no more necessary to account for the characteristic features of atolls and barrier reefs than the elevation theory of Darwin — published about the same time — was necessary to account for the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy in Scotland x It is difficult to account for the heated controversies which have raged around the coral-reef question. Possibly these would never have taken place had the subsidence theory not been associated with the name of Darwin. Very many of the public did not seem to realize that this theory of coral reefs was the work of Darwin when young and inexperienced, and had nothing whatever to do with the theory of natural selection. When the late Duke of Argyll published his famous article entitled "A Conspiracy of Silence," in the Nineteenth Century" (September, 1887), he gave Bathybius and coral-reef theories as illustrations, and many people regarded the article as a sugges- tion that Darwinists and evolutionists were disposed to burke free i See "Observations on the Parallel Roads of Glen Roy, and of other parts of Locha- ber in Scotland, with an attempt to prove that they are of marine origin," Phil. Trans., 1839, p. 39; Edin. New Phil. J own., vol. XXVII, p. 395, 1839. MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 153 discussion. This was hotly resented by Huxley and others, while some naturalists seem to have believed they were called upcn to defend Darwin's coral-reef theory although they had never seen or examined a coral-reef. Agassiz kept severely aloof from all these con- troversies, although he writes that he was much amused by the style of various articles and controversies. In one letter to me (March, 1888) he writes: — "I am glad to see by last "Nature" that you are taking a hand in the coral discussion now that it has reached hard bottom and no longer deals with imaginary quantities, impossible alge- bra and metaphysical squibs." All scientific men must regret that Agassiz was not spared to publish the long-expected summary of his coral-reef work, and to learn that he has not left behind any manuscript suitable for publication giving a connected statement of his views. Such a work from his pen would doubtless have been a splendid edifice erected on the magnificent foundation of observation laid with so much expense, trouble, and care in the elaborate memoirs on the coral-reef regions he had visited in all parts of the world. Throughout all these coral-reef investigations I have been in sub- stantial agreement with Agassiz's views. In these circumstances I need make no apology for giving a short statement of the conclusions at which, I think, Agassiz had arrived as a result of his coral-reef investigations. Agassiz claimed, I believe, to have shown that existing atolls and barrier reefs in no way indicate, even approximately, the former position of the shore lines around islands or along coasts now deeply submerged beneath the ocean. The submerged banks from which atolls and barrier reefs now arise have been formed — that is, they have been built up or levelled down — in a great variety of ways, and at very different times. Each coral-reef region must in this regard be studied by itself, account being taken of the surrounding physical and geological conditions. The reefs themselves have been very largely — in some instances, predominantly — made up of lime-secreting organisms other than the so-called reef-building corals, such as calcareous Algae, Foraminifera, and corals other than true reef builders, many of which have a wide depth range. The characteristic features of coral-reefs — the central shallow lagoon and the surrounding rim of living coral with deep water outside — are mainly to be explained by biological, chemical, and mechanical activities continuously in operation at the present time, there being 154 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. vigorous growth of all lime-secreting organisms wherever the condi- tions of life are most favourable, and less vigorous growth and even death of these organisms where the conditions are unfavourable. A detailed study of the favourable and unfavourable conditions for different species in an existing atoll, seemed to Agassiz a great desider- atum at the present time and I am delighted to learn that this is now being undertaken by American Naturalists under the auspices of the Carnegie Institute. In small atolls, where the surrounding reef is very extensive rela- tively to the enclosed lagoon, the lagoon tends to become filled up by the accumulation of coral sand, the deposition carbonate of lime, by the living organisms of the atoll being in excess of that removed in solution and by mechanical means; where the atoll is large, and the encircling reef is — relatively to the size of the lagoon — small, then the lime removed from the lagoon by solution and currents is greater than that deposited by living organisms; hence the lagoon becomes deeper and wider. The lagoon of Diego Garcia appeared to have increased considerably in area in this way between 1837 and 1885. It is undoubtedly true that many coral-reef regions have been recently elevated. The circular atoll and barrier reef cannot be accepted as evidence of subsidence; the characteristic features of coral reefs would be very similar in a stationary, in a slowly sinking or slowly rising area, although each would show secondary modifica- tions. It matters not whether the change of sea-level be due to crustal movement, to attraction of elevated continental land, or to the accumulation or the melting of polar ice-masses. When coral plantations rise from a submerged bank, the corals and other lime-secreting organisms situated towards the seaward edge would from the first have the advantage; they would hence reach the surface, before the central portions, where the corals would be in a position more or less unfavourable for vigourous growth. A shallow lagoon would thus be formed, which might subsequently be cleared by solution, and mechanical action of many of its living coral plantations. The coral atoll, on reaching the surface would, he admitted, in very many cases advance seawards on a talus of its own debris, expanding like a fairy ring, and it seemed to him more than probable that the boring at Funafuti atoll was driven down into such a talus, with an underlying Tertiary base. The red earth which is found on coral islands and supplies the food for plant life, is chiefly derived from the disintegration and decom- MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 155 position of floating pumice, which is frequently thrown up by the waves on the reefs. These results of Agassiz depend on a far greater number of original observations, in widely scattered areas, than have been made by all the other authorities on coral reefs put together. When we attempt to survey the life-work of Alexander iVgassiz, we are astonished at its amount, variety, and quality. His activities in any one direction would have been an excellent record for any one man, but he was many sided. He was largely engaged in commercial undertakings and directed a great business during the whole latter half of his life; he carried on detailed researches and published splen- did memoirs on the group of Echinoderms — a subject on which he was regarded as the leading authority. In his deep-sea researches he added greatly to the world's knowledge of the great oceans, and inspired the investigations of a very large number of zoological and other specialists. In his study of coral-reefs he travelled more exten- sively than any man of his time — many thousands of miles — with one special object in view, — to see with his own eyes the varied forms which these gigantic and beautiful natural structures assume under different conditions. We must likewise take into account his work in the laboratory and in the study, where the reports on his many voyages, cruises, travels, and collections had to be prepared for publi- cation. Again one must recall the services he has rendered to his alma mater — - Harvard University — in his general assistance in administration, his special care of its museums, his donations for extensions in many directions, and lastly his altogether grand series of publications from the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1 His great desire was to add to the sum of natural knowledge by his own work and by the impulse he could give to others imbued with a similar spirit and desire. He worked and struggled continuously and heroi- cally with that end in view, and with those who are now engaged in working up his results and collections in all civilized countries he is still a living force, and will be so for many years to come, for he has arranged for the publication of all the results of these researches. I used to meet him nearly every year either in Europe or in America, when we spent a few days together discussing almost all Oceanic problems. I am conscious of his effect on my life and all my scientific work. As an example of the influence he exerted we have only to look i Fifty-two volumes of the "Bulletin" and thirty-two volumes of "Memoirs". 156 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. at the introduction to the three splendid volumes recently published on the Medusae of the World by Alfred Goldsborough Mayer, where the initiation and encouragement of a generous master and friend are gracefully acknowledged. Many instances might be cited to show how well and judiciously he applied his wealth to set agoing work which he considered worth doing, not only in his own time but also in the future. The large number of decorations and honours which were conferred on Alexander Agassiz by governments and universities and by learned societies in all parts of the world show abundantly how highly his scientific labours were appreciated by his contemporaries. It has been truly said that man does not live by bread alone. His- tory is crowded with instances illustrating the fact that men have cast off this mortal coil as so much worthless dross when impelled by the demands of some spiritual truth. Other men have endured the greatest hardships and privations in their endeavours to create the beautiful in form, in sound, or in colour. As it has been with the religious and artistic spirit in the past, so is it with the modern scien- tific spirit. The desire to find out the secrets of nature impels men to trudge over Arctic and Antarctic ice-fields with the satisfaction of all bodily requirements reduced to a minimum and burdened with a load of scientific instruments. Other men expose their bodies to the at- tacks of pestilential microbes for the advance of knowledge and the betterment of man's estate, while Alexander Agassiz rises with diffi- culty, when overwhelmed with sickness, and has his mattress laid on the deck of the tossing steamer in order that he may the better record the message which the dredge or trawl has brought to light from the dark abysses of the Atlantic or Pacific Ocean. In such men the body has truly become merely the vehicle of the soul. It has been said that Alexander Agassiz was a sad and reserved man. It must be admitted that during the latter part of his life he was not so moved by joyous impulses as in his earlier years. Those who knew him well did not find him reserved, and they can testify to the great pleasure he derived from a new discovery or a new view of the inter- relations among natural phenomena. It has also been said that he did not interest himself in the deeper philosophical aspects of the researches in which he was engaged. This I believe to be a mistake. He professed never to engage in discus- sions except where it was possible to verify one's conclusions by an appeal to observation or experiment. Although he did not publish papers dealing directly with philosophical subjects, still he was keenly MURRAY: ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 157 interested in all evolutionary problems. He used to say that Darwin had probably explained the survival but not the arrival of species, and he looked forward to a great increase of knowledge from experiments in Mendelism. He believed that the mutation theory had received remarkable confirmation by experiments carried on in recent years. He believed that the doctrines of heredity, which had been so success- fully applied to the improvement of domestic plants and animals, would, in the not very distant future, be in like manner applied for the elevation of the human species, the most important of all domestic organisms. He felt convinced that the modern theories as to elec- trons, the disruption of atoms, and as to energy configurations in the ether being the sole ultimate phenomenal basis of matter would in time profoundly affect the philosophical outlook of many naturalists and their mental attitude generally towards materialism and the riddles of the universe. The study of the world of physical and mental phenomena, he would say, was sufficient for this life. The deeper and more earnestly these were investigated, the brighter and more definite would become the glimpses of that eternal something lying behind all manifestations, which in the meantime he was content to reverence. His religious feelings seemed to be best expressed as a yearning after a higher and better life, which he held would become more attainable and more pronounced as mankind advanced in scien- tific knowledge. Like all great men he was "A dreamer of the common dreams, A fisher in familiar streams: He chased the transitory gleams That all pursue, But on his lips the eternal themes Again were new." Great he unquestionably was. Great in his power for work, great in his conception of duty, great in his desire to add to natural knowl- edge, great in the height of his love, great in the depth of his sorrow, great in his elevated personality, great in his admiration for his Uni- versity, great in his patriotism, great in his ideas as to the destiny of our race, great in his influence for good, like the genial and vivifying rain from heaven. Like all of us he doubtless had faults, both heredi- tary and acquired. We know that "His life was gentle, and the elements So mix'd in him, that Nature might stand up And say to all the world, 'This was a man!" 158 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. When his near relatives and dear friends affectionately hud his mortal remains beside those of his beloved wife last March in the Forest Hills Cemetery, well might they ask — "What hallows ground where heroes sleep? 'Tis not the sculptured piles you heap. But strew his ashes to the wind, Whose sword or pen has served mankind. And is he dead, whose glorious mind Lifts mine on high? To live in hearts we leave behind Is not to die." The following Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are in preparation : — LOUIS CABOT. Immature State of the Odonata, Part IV. E. L. MARK. Studies on Lepidosteus, continued. On Arachnactis. A. AGASSIZ and C. O. WHITMAN. Pelagic Fishes. Part II, with 14 Plates. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The "Albatross" Hawaiian Echini. S. GARMAN. The Plagiostomes. Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations in 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," as follows: — C. HARTLAUB. The Comatulae of the "Blake," with 18 plates. H. LUDWIG. The Genus Pentacrinus. A. MILNE EDWARDS and E. L. BOUVIER. The Crustacea of the "Blake." A. E. VERRILL. The Alcyonaria of the "Blake" Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross,' Lieutenant Commander Z. L Tanner, U. S. N. : Commanding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, as follows: — H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. K. BRANDT. The Sagittae. The Thalassicolae. O. CARLGREN. The Actinarians. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. REINHARD DOHRN. The Eyes of Deep-Sea Crustacea. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. The Schizopods. HAROLD HEATH. Solenogaster. W. A. HERDMAN. The Ascidians. S. J. HICKSON. The Antipathids. E. L. MARK. Branchiocerianthus. JOHN MURRAY. The Bottom Speci- mens. P. SCHIEMENZ. The Pteropods and Heteropods. THEO. STUDER. The Alcyonarians. The Salpidae and'Doliolidae. H. B. WARD. The Sipunculids. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The Anne- lids. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August 1899. to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F Moser, U. S. N, Com- manding, as follows: — A. AGASSIZ. The Echini. H. L. CLARK. The Holothurians. The Volcanic Rocks. The Coralliferous Limestones. J. M. FLINT. The Foraminifera and Radiol aria. S. HENSHAW The Insects. R. VON LENDENFELD. The Silice- ous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes and Ophi- urans G W. MttLLER. The Ostracods. MARY J. RATHBUN.,The Crustacea Decapoda. RICHARD RATHBUN. The Hydro- corallidae. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. L- STEJNEGER. The Reptiles. C. II. TOWNSEND. The Mammals. Birds, and Fishes. T. W. VAUGHAN. The Corals, Recent and Fossil. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. There have been published of the Bulletin Vols. I. to LII. ; of the Memoirs, Vols. I. to XXIV., and also Vols. XXVI.', XXVIIL, XXIX., XXXI. to XXXIIL, XXXVIL, and XLI. Vols. LIII. to LV. of the Bulletin, and Vols. XXV., XXVIL, XXX., XXXIV. to XXXVL, XXXVIII. to XL., XLII. to XLVII. of the Memoirs, are now in course of publication. The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of original work by the Professors and Assistants of the Museum, of investigations carried on by students and others in the different Lab- oratories of Natural History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collections and Explorations. The following publications are in preparation : — Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations from 1877 to 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U. S. N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Reports on tlie Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Com- manding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to April, 1905, Lieut. Com- mander L. M. Garrett, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, Professor E. L. Mark, Director. Contributions from the Geological Laboratory. These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals; one volume of the Bulletin (8vo) and half a volume of the Memoirs (4to) usually appear annually. Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs is sold separately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on application to the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HAR v A"lO COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 4. THE GENUS BLAKIASTER PERRIER. By Walter K. Fisher. With Two Plates. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. March, 1911. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the East- ern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieutenant Commander L. M. Garrett, U. S. N., Commanding, published or in preparation: — A. AGASSIZ. V.5 General Report on the Expedition. A. AGASSIZ. I.» Three Letters to Geo. M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Com. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The Echini. H. B. BIGELOW. XVI" The Medusae. H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. R. P. BIGELOW. The Stomatopods. O. CARLGREN. The Actinaria. S. F. CLARKE. VIII.* The Hydroids. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. L. J. COLE. XIX. is The Pycnogonida. W. H. DALL. XIV." The Mollusks. C. R. EASTMAN. VII.' The Sharks' Teeth. W. G. FARLOW. The Algae. S. GARMAN. XIT.12 The Reptiles. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. H. J. HANSEN. The Schizopods. S. HENSHAW. The Insects. W. E. HOYLE. The Cephalopods. W. C. KENDALL and L. RADCLIFFE. The Fishes. C. A. KOFOID. III. ' IX.» XX." The Protozoa. P. KRUMBACH. The Sagittae. R. VON LENDENFELD. XXI." The Siliceous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Holothurians. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes. H. LUDWIG. The Ophiurans. G. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. JOHN MURRAY and G. V. LEE. XVII." The Bottom Specimens. MARY J. RATHBUN. X.i° The Crus- tacea Decapoda. HARRIET RICHARDSON. II.« The Isopods. W. E.RITTER. IV. 4 The Tunicates. ALICE ROBERTSON. The Bryozoa. B. L. ROBINSON. The Plants. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. F. E. SCHULZE. XI." The Xenophyo- phoras. H. R. SIMROTH. The Pteropods and Heteropods. E. C. STARKS. XIII." Atelaxia. TH. STUDER. The Alcyonaria. JH. THIELE. XV. 15 Bathysciadium. T. W. VAUGHAN. VI.« The Corals. R. WOLTERECK. XVIII. 18 The Am- phipods. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. iBull. M. C. Z., 'Bull. M. C. Z., 'Bull. M. C. Z., . Abactinal plates from inside and base of ray; the smaller secondary plates are shaded; r-r, radial series; X10. Blakiaster Plate i HELIOTYPE CO- BOSTON Blakiaster Plate 2 HELIOTVPE CO. EOSTOM The following Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are in preparation : — LOUIS CABOT. Immature State of the Odonata, Part IV. E. L. MARK. Studies on Lepidosteus, continued. " On Arachnactis. . A. AGASSIZ and C. O. WHITMAN. Pelagic Fishes. Part II, with 14 Plates. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The "Albatross" Hawaiian Echini. S. GARMAN. The Plagiostomes. Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations in 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," as follows: — C. HARTLAUB. The Comatulae of the "Blake," with 18 plates. H. LUDWIG. The Genus Pentacrinus. A. MILNE EDWARDS and E. L. BOUVIER. The Crustacea of the "Blake." A. E. VERRILL. The Alcyonaria of the "Blake" Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross,' Lieutenant Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, as follows: — H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. K. BRANDT. The Sagittae. " The Thalassicolae. O. CARLGREN. The Actinarians. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. REINHARD DOHRN. The Eyes of Deep-Sea Crustacea. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. The Schizopods. HAROLD HEATH. Solenogaster. W. A. HERDMAN. The Ascidians. S. J. HICKSON. The Antipathids. E. L. MARK. Branchiocerianthus. JOHN MURRAY. The Bottom Speci- mens. P. SCHIEMENZ. The Pteropods and Heteropods. THEO. STUDER. The Alcyonarians. The Salpidae and Doliolidae. H. B. WARD. The Sipunculids. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The Anne- lids. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., Com- manding, as follows: — A. AGASSIZ. The Echini. H. L. CLARK. The Holothurians. The Volcanic Rocks. The Coralliferous Limestones. J. M. FLINT. The Foraminifera and Radiolaria. S. HENSHAW. The Insects. R. VON LENDENFELD. The Silice- ous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes and Ophi- urans. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. MARY J. RATHBUN. The Crustacea Decapoda. RICHARD RATHBUN. The Hydro- corallidae. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. L. STEJNEGER. The Reptiles. C. H. TOWNSEND. The Mammals, Birds, and Fishes. T. W. VAUGHAN. The Corals, Recent and Fossil. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. There have been published of the Bulletin Vols. I. to LIL; of the Memoirs, Vols. I. to XXIV., and also Vols. XXVL, XXVIIL, XXIX., XXXI. to XXXIII,, XXXVII., and XLI. Vols. LIU. to LV. of the Bulletin, and Vols. XXV., XXVIL, XXX., XXXIV. to XXXVL, XXXVIII. to XL., XLII. to XLVII. of the Memoirs, are now in course of publication. The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of original work by the Professors and Assistants of the Museum, of investigations carried on by studen.ts and others in the different Lab- oratories of Natural History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collections and Explorations. The following publications are in preparation : — Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations from 1877 to 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U. S. N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, "CT. S. N., Commanding. •Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Com- manding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to April, 1905, Lieut. Com- mander L. M. Garrett, U. S. N., Commanding. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, Professor E. L. Mark, Director. Contributions from the Geological Laboratory. These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals; one volume of the Bulletin (8vo) and half a volume of the Memoirs (4to) usually appear annually. Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs is sold separately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on application to the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 3.-W Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 5. ANTS COLLECTED IN GRENADA, W. I. BY MR. C. T. BRUES. By William Morton Wheeler. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. May, 1911. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the East- ern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieutenant Commander L. M. Garrett, U. S. N m Commanding, published or in preparation: — A. AGASSIZ. V.5 General Report on the Expedition. A. AGASSIZ. Li Three Letters to Geo. M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Com. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The Echini. H. B. BIGELOW. XVI." The Medusae. H. B. BIGELOW. Th«3 Siphonophores. R. P. BIGELOW. The Stomatopods. O. CARLGREN. The Actinaria. S. F. CLARKE. VIII.' The Hydroids. W. R. COE. The N.emerteans. L. J. COLE. XIX." The Pycnogonida. W. H. DALL. XIV." The Mollusks. C. R. EASTMAN. VII.' The Sharks' Teeth. W. G. FARLOW. The Algae. S. GARMAN. XIT." The Reptiles. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. H. J. HANSEN. The Schizopods. S. HENSHAW. The Insects. W. E. HOYLE. The Cephalopods. W. C. KENDALL and L. RADCLIFFE. The Fishes. C. A. KOFOID. III.' IX.» XX." The Protozoa. P. KRUMBACH. The Sagittae. R. VON LENDENFELD. XXI." The Siliceous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Holothurians. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes. H. LUDWIG. The Ophiurans. G. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. JOHN MURRAY and G. V. LEE. XVII." The Bottom Specimens. MARY J. RATHBUN. X." The Crus- tacea Decapoda. HARRIET RICHARDSON. II.* The Isopods. W. E.RITTER. IV. 4 The Tunicates. ALICE ROBERTSON. The Bryozoa. B. L. ROBINSON. The Plants. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. F. E. SCHULZE. XI." The Xenophyo- phoras. H. R. SIMROTH. The Pteropods and Heteropods. E. C. STARKS. XIII." Atelaxia. TH. STUDER. The Alcyonaria. JH. THIELE. XV. 15 Bathysciadium. T. W. VAUGHAN. VI .« The Corals. R. WOLTERECK. XVIII." The Am- phipods. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. i Bull. M. C. Z.. Vol. XLVL, No. 4, April, 1905, 22 pp. » Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 6. July, 1905, 4 pp., 1 pi. 'Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 9, September, 1905, 5 pp., 1 pi. « Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLVL, No. 13, January, 1906, 22 pp., 3 pis. » Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXIII.. January, 1906, 90 pp., 96 pis. » Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 3, August, 1906, 14 pp., 10 pis. » Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 4. November, 1906, 26 pp., 4 pis. • Mem. M. C. Z.. Vol. XXXV., No. 1. February, 1907, 20 pp., 15 pis. » Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. L., No. 6, February, 1907, 48 pp., 18 pis. »• Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXV., No. 2, August, 1907, 56 pp., 9 pis. " Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LI., No. 6, November, 1907, 22 pp., 1 pi. « Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 1, June, 1908, 14 pp., 1 pi. »' Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 2, July, 1908, 8 pp., 5 pis. " Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. XLIIL, No. 6, October, 1908, 285 pp., 22 pis. " Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 5, October, 1908, 11 pp., 2 pis. '•Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXVIL, February, 1909, 243 pp., 48 pis. » Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XXXVIII., No. 1. June, 1909, 172 pp., 5 pis., 3 maps. " Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 9, June, 1909, 26 pp., 8 pis. »» Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 11, August, 1909, 10 pp., 3 pis. « Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. LIL, No. 13, September, 1909, 48 pp.. 4 pis. » Mem. M. C. Z., Vol. XLL, August, September. 1910, 323 pp., 56 pla. 1911 Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No. 5. ANTS COLLECTED IN GRENADA, W. I. BY MR. C. T. BRUES. By William Morton Wheeler. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. May, 1911. No. 5. — Ants Collected in Grenada, W. I. by Mr. C. T. Brues. 1 By William Morton Wheeler. The ants of the island of Grenada were first systematically collected by Mr. H. H. Smith and enumerated in a short paper by Prof. Auguste Forel. 2 Thirty forms, nearly all of wide distribution in the West Indies, are cited. During the summer of 1910 Mr. C. T. Brues visited Grenada for the Museum of Comparative Zoology and made careful search for ants. Although the season was not *he most favorable for collecting he succeeded nevertheless in taking specimens of the twenty-four forms enumerated below. Of these the following twelve do not occur in Forel's list: Euponera (Pseudoponera) stigma Fabr. Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus Fabr. (typical). Leptogenys punctaticeps Emery. Odontomachus haematodes Linn, (typical). Cremastogaster brevispinosa Mayr. Cremastogaster laevis Mayr var. bruesi, var. no v. Pheidole jelskii Mayr var. antillensis Forel. Pheidole triconstrwta Forel. var. bruesi, var. nov. Myrmicoerypta brittoni Wheeler. Iridomyrmex iniquus Mayr. Camponotus abdominalis nocrns, subsp. nov. Camponotus ustus Forel. Forel's list, however, comprises the following eighteen forms not taken by Brues: Leptogenys arcuata Roger. Anochetus mayri Emery. Anochetus {Stenomyrmex) emarginatus testaceus Forel. Odontomachus haematodes insularis Guerin. Odontomachus haematodes hirsutimculus F. Smith. Eciton hlugi Shuckard. Eciton antillanum Forel. 1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard University. No. 38. 2 Quelques Formicides de l'Antille de Grenada recoltes par M. H. H. Smith. Trans. Ent. soc. London, 1897, pt. 3, p. 297-300. 16S bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Pseudomyrma flavidula F. Smith. Monomorium minutum ebeninum Forel. Solcnopsis castor Forel. Solcnopsis globularia F. Smith. Wasmannia sigmoidea Forel. Cryptocerus araneohts F. Smith. Strumigenys smithi Forel. Dorymyrmex pyramicus Roger (pale var.). Prenolepis guatemalensis antillana Forel. Brachymyrmex heeri Forel var. obscurior Forel. Camponotus abdominalis opxiciccps Roger. It follows, therefore, that only forty-two forms are now known from Grenada, a small number considering its proximity to Trinidad and the mainland, the fact that Forel has recorded seventy -one forms from St. Vincent, an island of about the same size, and the care with which Mr. Brues collected. FORMICIDAE. Ponerinae. 1. Platythyrea punctata F. Smith. — Several workers from Grand Etang and Richmond Hill. 2. Euponera (Pseudoponera) stigma Fabr. — A single dealated female from Grand Etang. 3. Lcptogcnys punctaticeps Emery.— A few workers and males from a single colony from Grand Etang.' The male measures 4.5- 5 mm. and in color, sculpture, pilosity and the shape of the petiole is very similar to the worker. The head is as broad as long, nearly circular, with very small, lobe-like, yellow mandibles and the clypeus broad, convex but ecarinate, and with a broadly rounded, entire anterior border. The wings are rather short, distinctly infuscated, with brown veins and black stigma. 4. Anochehis inermis Ern. Andre. — Two workers from Sauteurs. 5. Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus Fabr. — Numerous work- ers and a few males of the typical form from Grand Etang. 6. Odontomachus hacmatodes Linne. — Several workers and a winged female from Richmond Hill are of rather large size and blackish coloration and may be assigned to the typical form of this common tropicopolitan ant. wheeler: ants collected in Grenada, w. i. 169 Myrmieinae. 7. Monomorium floricola Jerdon. — A few workers from Sauteurs. 8. Cremastogaster brevispinosa Mayr. — Numerous workers from Grand Etang. 9. Cremastogaster brevispinosa Mayr var. minutior Forel. — A few workers from Richmond Hill. 10. Cremastogaster laevis Mayr var. bruesi, var. nov. — Several workers from Grand Etang agree closely with Mayr's description and three Brazilian workers received from Forel, except that the hairs on the tibiae are short and appressed, the gaster is black and joints 2-8 of the antennal funiculi are longer in proportion to their width. A deflated female accompanying the workers measures 4 mm., is black, with the legs, antennae, mandibles and articulations of the thorax and gaster brown and the antennal clubs more deeply infus- cated. The surface of the body is smooth and shining, with scattered piligerous punctures. The epinotal spines are reduced to short, acute teeth. 11. Solenopsis geminata Fabr. — A few workers from Richmond Hill. 12. Pheidole fiavens Roger subsp. scidptior Forel var. grenadensis Forel. — A few soldiers and workers from Richmond Hill. 13. Pheidole guilelmi-muelleri Forel subsp. antillana Forel var. nigrescens Forel. — A soldier, a winged female and several workers from Grand Etang. 14. Pheidole jelskii Mayr var. antillensis Forel. — Several workers from Grand Etang and Sauteurs. 15. Pheidole triconstricta Forel var. bruesi, var. nov. Soldier. Length 2.5 mm. Differing from the typical form in its smaller size, in color and in the length of the antennae. The scapes reach to fully f the distance between the eyes and the posterior corners of the head. The body and appendages are yellow, the thorax and tip of gaster sometimes slightly brownish ; the borders of the mandibles are black, the anterior border of the clypeus dark brown. Worker. Length 1.6-2 mm. Colored like the soldier. The antennal scapes surpass the posterior corners of the head by fully § their length. Described from three soldiers and several workers taken at Grand Etang. 170 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. This form resembles the var. ambulans Emery of Buenos Aires in the length of the antennal scapes in the soldier and worker but differs in color, Emery's form being dark brown like the type of the species. 16. Wasmannia auropunctata Roger. — One dealated female and many workers from Sauteurs and Richmond Hill. 17. Cyphomyrmex rimosus Spinola. — Numerous workers and two dealated females from Richmond Hill. 18. Myrmicocrypta brittoni Wheeler. — Four males and twelve workers from a single colony found in the sand of the sea-shore at Point Saline. The male, which has not been described, differs from that of other species of the genus (M. dilaccrata Forel, snbnitida Forel, godmani Forel and tmcinata Mayr) in lacking the various crests, teeth and spines on the head and thorax. These regions in brittoni are all smooth and unarmed. The head is like that of the worker but smaller, with large eyes and ocelli; the thorax has a convex scutellum and the epinotum has small blunt elevations in the place of spines or teeth. The genitalia are large and exserted and quite unlike those of dilaccrata. The surface of the body and appendages is opaque and very finely granular or punctate, with short, scattered and appressed, yellowish hairs. Color black; mandibles, funiculi, tarsi and genitalia yellowish; scapes and legs brown. Wings grayish hyaline, with very pale, almost colorless veins and stigma. Length 2.3-2.6 mm. In the absence of the ridges and spines on the head and thorax and in the shape and large size of the genitalia, the male M. brittoni differs so much from the males of the other known species, that it may have to be placed in a distinct genus or subgenus. This had better not be done, however, till we have more material of the various species of the genus and especially the females, which seem to be unknown in all the species except M. uncinata. Dolichodcrinae. 19. Iridomyrmcx iniquus Mayr. — Numerous workers, males and females from several colonies nesting in the ground at Grand Etang and Sauteurs. 20. Dorymyrmcx pyramicvs Roger. — Several workers of the typical form from Sauteurs. wheeler: ants collected in Grenada, w. r. 171 Camponotinae. 21. Prenolepis longicornis Fabr. — Several workers from Richmond Hill. 22. Camponotus abdominaUs Fabr. subsp. nocens, subsp. no v. Worker major. Length 10-11 mm. Mandibles shining, finely striated and coarsely and sparsely punc- tate; head opaque, finely and densely punctate, slightly shining on the sides and in front. Elongated foveolae on the cheeks small and not abundant. Thorax, petiole, gaster and legs shining; gaster very finely and transversely shagreened. Antennal scapes subopaque. Hairs fulvous, long, erect, but much less abundant than in the typical abdominaUs, confined to the vertex, clypeus, gula, mandibles, thoracic dorsum, border of petiole, surface of gaster and fore coxae. There are a few scattered, suberect hairs on the flexor surfaces of the femora and a few (less than half a dozen) on the extensor surface of each tibia. Pubescence yellow, very sparse, most distinct on the gaster, cheeks and antennal scapes. Rich yellow; head, antennae and tarsi red, with the vertex and mesial portions of the cheeks brown; mandibular teeth, corners of clypeus, anterior borders of cheeks and apical two-thirds of antennal scapes black; posterior half of first gastric segment and the whole of the remaining segments, except their posterior margins and some- times portions of the venter, dark brown. Worker minor. Length 6-7 mm. Like the worker major, except that the head is more shining, the antennal scapes are not blackened and nearly the whole of the first gastric segment is yellow. The head is subrectangular, broad behind the eyes, with straight posterior border and distinct posterior corners. Female (dealated). Length 14-15 mm. Resembling the worker major. Head narrower, with straight, anteriorly converging sides, sharp posterior corners and straight posterior border. Thorax and gaster more glabrous and shining; otherwise the sculpture, color and pilosity are like those of the worker major. The mesonotum has a faint brown anteromedian and two lateral spots. The border of the petiole is rather deeply notched in the middle. Described from two females and a number of workers taken from rotten logs at Grand Etang and Richmond Hill. The vivid coloration and feeble pilosity place this form in the group 172 wheeler: ants collected in Grenada, w. i. of abdominalis subspecies comprising sharpi Forel of St. Vincent and hannani Forel and ivillardi Forel of Jamaica. It really represents one of the transitions between these insular forms and those of the American continent like atriceps F. Smith and epaciccps Roger. It differs from hannani and willardi in color, in lacking the erect hairs on the scapes and in having very few such hairs on the legs; whereas sharpi, with which it is very closely related in color, has absolutely no erect hairs on the legs. Perhaps nocens should be regarded merely as a variety of sharpi, rather than as an independent subspecies. 23. Camponotus sexguttatus Fabr. var. grenadensis Forel. — Numer- ous workers, males and winged females taken from hollow stems at Grand Etang and Richmond Hill. 24. Camponotus ustus Forel. — A few workers from Grand Etang. The following Publications of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are in preparation : — LOUIS CABOT. Immature State of the Odonata. Part IV. E. L. MARK. Studies on Lepidosteus, continued. " On Arachnactis. A. AGASSIZ and C. O. WHITMAN. Pelagic Fishes. Part II, with 14 Plates. A. AGASSIZ and H. L. CLARK. The "Albatross" Hawaiian Echini. S. GARMAN. The Plagiostomes. Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations in 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," as follows: — C. HARTLAUB. The Comatulae of the "Blake," with 18 plates. H. LUDWIG. The Genus Pentacrinus. A. MILNE EDWARDS and E. L. BOUVIER. The Crustacea of the "Blake." A. E. VERRILL. The Alcyonaria of the "Blake" Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieutenant Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Commanding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, as follows: — H. B. BIGELOW. The Siphonophores. K. BRANDT. The Sagittae. •' The Thalassicolae. O. CARLGREN. The Actinarians. W. R. COE. The Nemerteans. REINHARD DOHRN. The Eyes of Deep-Sea Crustacea. H. J. HANSEN. The Cirripeds. " The Schizopods. HAROLD HEATH. Solenogaster. W. A. HERDMAN. The Ascidians. S. J. HICKSON. The Antipathids. E. L. MARK. Branchiocerianthus. JOHN MURRAY. The Bottom Speci- mens. P. SCHIEMENZ. The Pteropods and Heteropods. THEO. STUDER. The Alcyonarians. The Salpidae and Doliolidae. H. B. WARD. The Sipunculids. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The Anne- lids. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900. Commander Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., Com. manding, as follows: — A. AGASSIZ. The Echini. H. L. CLARK. The Holothurians. The Volcanic Rocks. The Coralliferous Limestones. J. M. FLINT. The Foraminifera and Radiolaria. S. HENSHAW. The Insects. R. VON LENDENFELD. The Silice- ous Sponges. H. LUDWIG. The Starfishes and Ophi- urans. G. W. MULLER. The Ostracods. MARY J. RATHBUN. The Crustacea Decapoda. RICHARD RATHBUN. The Hydro- corallidae. G. O. SARS. The Copepods. L. STEJNEGER. The Reptiles. C. H. TOWNSEND. The Mammals. Birds, and Fishes. Ts W. VAUGHAN. The Corals, Recent and Fossil. W. McM. WOODWORTH. The An- nelids. PUBLICATIONS OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE. There have been published of the Bulletin Vols. I. to LIL; of the Memoirs, Vols. I. to XXIV., and also Vols. XXVL, XXVIIL, XXIX., XXXI. to XXXIIL, XXXVII., and XLI. Vols. LIII. to LV. of the Bulletin, and Vols. XXV., XXVII., XXX., XXXIV. to XXXVI., XXXVIII. to XL., XLIL to XLVII. of the Memoirs, are now in course of publication. The Bulletin and Memoirs are devoted to the publication of original work by the Professors and Assistants of the Museum, of investigations carried on by students and others in the different Lab- oratories of Natural History, and of work by specialists based upon the Museum Collections and Explorations. The following publications are in preparation : — Reports on the Results of Dredging Operations from 1877 to 1880, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U. S. N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Results of the Expedition of 1891 of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., Com- manding, in charge of Alexander Agassiz. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from August, 1899, to March, 1900, Commander Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., Commanding. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, on the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross," from October, 1904, to April, 1905, Lieut. Com- mander L. M. Garrett, TJ. S. N., Commanding. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, Professor E. L. Mark, Director. Contributions from the Geological Laboratory. These publications are issued in numbers at irregular intervals; one volume of the Bulletin (8vo) and half a volume of the Memoirs (4to) usually appear annually. Each number of the Bulletin and of the Memoirs is sold separately. A price list of the publications of the Museum will be sent on application to the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. LIV. No, 6. MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. By Glover M. Allen. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. July, 1911. No. 6. — Mammals of the West Indies. By Glover M. Allen. Introduction. During August and September of 1910 the writer made a small collection of mammals in the island of Grenada. The study of these and of other West Indian specimens in the collection of the Museum, suggested the preparation of a list of mammals known to occur in the West Indies, with a summary of their recorded distribution and its zoogeographical bearing. Most of the conclusions reached are not new, but are of value in connection with similar studies of other groups of animals. The evident gaps in our knowledge of the dis- tribution of many species is made evident by the summary table given. Three new island races are described. No account is taken in this paper of the aquatic mammals nor of domestic animals that have become more or less feral in some of the islands. The bibli- ography includes most of the important papers dealing with the mammals of the West Indies. It is a pleasure to extend thanks to His Honor Robert S. Johnstone, now Chief Justice at Grenada, to whom I am indebted for unfailing hospitality and effective assistance while collecting in that island, as well as previously during a visit to the Bahamas. Zoogeographical Relations. Much has been written on the derivation of the West Indian land fauna, especially as to that of its molluscs, amphibians, reptiles, and birds. Hitherto but little attempt has been made to examine care- fully the distribution of its mammals with a view to discovering evi- dence in confirmation or disproof of current theories regarding former land bridges, or other means of immigration. No doubt this is mainly due to the fact that there are comparatively few terrestrial species of mammals in the Antillean region; and the distribution of these is,- in the main, so limited, or so imperfectly known, as to be of slight aid. It has been customary to ignore, more or less completely, the facts offered by the geographical distribution of bats in island faunas on the ground that they are capable of flying widely oversea, and hence 176 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. might readily populate unoccupied ground. Among certain genera it is probable that such a method of distribution may, in sporadic instances, obtain. That it is frequent and normal, however, is equally improbable. It is well known that certain species of the temperate zones retire from the higher latitudes of their summer range to winter in more equable climes. In the course of such migrations they are occasionally met with far from land. This seasonal migration for example, is probably accountable for the occurrence of Lasionycferis noctivagans among the Bermuda Islands. Large, strong-flying bats, such as the Old World flying-foxes, often make nightly forays of great length from their roosts to some favorite feeding-ground, and they may even conceivably visit islands within sight of their mainland haunts; but that oceanic islands are often populated in this way there is very little evidence. Indeed, the very fact that where bats are found in islands they have usually become more or less differentiated from their nearest neighbors, and this in a uniform and constant manner, is proof that such fortuitous methods of distribution as have been claimed for these animals are largely inoperative. Dobson (in 1879) seems to have been the first to insist on the erroneousness of this assumption as to the inutility of bats in zoogeo- graphical study. For, he says, " even if it be granted that the Chirop- tera possess great powers of dispersal, it is certain that quite nine- tenths of the species avail themselves of them in a very limited degree indeed, and it is significant that the distribution of the species is limited by barriers similar to those which govern it in the case of other species of mammals." He recalls also the possible transporta- tion of bats from place to place by vessels. The West Indies are beyond the winter range of the northern migratory bats; and, except possibly in the case of a few species to be mentioned, it is almost certain that the present chiropteran fauna of each island is quite stationary. The presence of the less strongly-flying species on the several islands may therefore confidently be assumed as evidence either that they reached these islands by following some former land bridge nearly or quite continuous, or that they are autochthonous. In the following discussion, the evidence of the terrestrial mammals will be first considered. Of these, there are included in the present list some thirty-seven species or subspecies. Eight of these may be at once dismissed as introduced by human agency, viz.: Oryctolagus cuniculus, Mus musculus, Epimys rattus, E. r. alexandrinus, E. norve- gicus, Mungos birmanicus, Cercopithecus mona, C. sabaeus. Possibly the deer occurring on Cuba should be added to this list. A compari- ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 177 son of specimens would show whether it were the same as that of Florida or Yucatan, or if it be really an insular race. Of the remainder we may distinguish, for convenience, two groups: those belonging to genera now known from the Antilles alone, and those belonging to genera that are also represented on the mainland of America. Those of the former group fall at once into two divisions, geographi- cally. The first contains Capromys, Plagiodontia, and Solenodon of the Greater Antilles; the second, Ainblyrhiza and Megalomys of the Lesser Antilles. A similar division may be made of the group of mammals that are insular representatives of known continental forms. Thus, in the Greater Antilles are: Megalonyx rodcns, a fossil ground sloth known from Cuba only, and Oryzomys antillarum, of Jamaica, an island representative of 0. couesi, of the neighboring Honduras peninsula. In the Lesser Antilles, from Tobago northward to and including St. Thomas, are: Didclphys marsupialis insularis and Marmosa cha/pmani, opossums both closely related to species of northeastern South America, and a nine-banded armadillo (Dasy- pus) ; all of which probably have not by natural means spread farther north than Grenada. The agouti (Dasyprocta), at least until very recently, occurred on practically all of the Lesser Antilles to St. Thomas. The possibility of human interference in carrying this much sought animal from island to island should, however, be kept in mind. The occurrence of Loncheres and Oryzomys in Martinique and St. Vincent respectively is of much interest. The former has been taken only once, but is known to the negroes of Martinique, so that it is possibly native. The latter, as in case of the opossums and the armadillo of the more southern islands, is closely related to a species of the neighboring mainland, and is quite different from that of Central America, whence evidently the Jamaican species was derived. There is every probability that, before the coming of the white man, Oryzomys was of more general distribution in the Antilles; but the introduction of the house and roof rats (Epimys) brought in a competitor against which the rice rat was unable to stand. Even yet, however, a careful search in the more inaccessible parts of some of the larger islands might discover, a few survivors. It is doubtful what significance may be attached to the recent discovery of a small race of raccoon in New Providence (Bahamas) and in Guadeloupe (Windward Islands). A third raccoon is known from Barbados, but its identity is still uncertain. Some have sup- posed that the silent dogs ("perros mudos") mentioned by the early Spanish explorers as kept by the natives of Haiti were really these 178 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. raccoons, but such a possibility seems extremely remote. Feilden and others assume with some confidence that the raccoon on Barbados might readily have drifted thither from South America with some of the wreckage of trees and flotsam that is constantly borne to the windward shores of that island by the easterly currents of air and sea. On the other hand, it might readily have been introduced during the past four hundred years by the European invaders. Patrick Browne mentions the raccoon as among the mammals occasionally brought in captivity to Jamaica, but here it is not known to have escaped and established itself. The presence of the insectivorous genus Solenodon on both Cuba and San Domingo emphasizes the geographic relationship of the two islands. Evidently these primitive animals have been here for a very long period; so that not only have their congeners died out on the neighboring mainland, but they have themselves, through long isolation, become markedly differentiated on the two islands. The fact that their nearest living relative is Centetes of Madagascar need indicate nothing more than that both genera are surviving. primitive types of this widespread order that have been preserved in their island habitats, free from the keener competition with the more nu- merous mainland fauna. The fact that all the known fossil Insectivora of America are found north of Mexico, and that the order is appar- ently represented in South America by a very recent influx of North American types into the northern part of that continent is quite in line with the fact that Solenodon is found in the Greater Antilles only, and is quite absent from the Lesser Antilles, which, we may suppose, it would have had to reach from the South American mainland. The terrestrial mammals of the island of Tobago are so evidently derivatives of those in Trinidad that they are not here specially con- sidered. Several genera occur on Tobago that are not known from the other islands to the north, but are now present on Trinidad. These are a peccary (Tayassu), a paca (Agouti), a Zygodontomys, and a squirrel closely akin to Scuirus chapmani of the latter island. In addition there are two opossums (Didelphys, Marmosa), an armadillo (Dasypus), an agouti (Dasyprocta), and, if we may trust the old French writers of two hundred and fifty years ago, a Megalomys was formerly found there. Four fossil mammals have been hitherto currentlv recognized from the Antilles. The ground sloth (Megalonyx) which seems to have been common in Cuba during Pleistocene times, belongs to a genus which has not been found on the mainland south of Texas and Florida. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 179 If its North American origin be admitted, this mammal is certain evidence of a former land connection between Cuba and Florida. Moreover, remains of a very similar species (M. jeffersoni) have been found in the peninsula of Florida. Probably the genus Capromys was contemporaneous in Cuba with this sloth. Part of the skull of an extinct species (C. columbianus), differing markedly, however, in the conformation of the palate from its living relatives, has been described from a cavern deposit of this island. The nearest living representative of the Cuban Capromys on the mainland is the much smaller Procapromys geayi from the mountains between La Guaira and Caracas, Venezuela. This is looked upon by Chapman as the possible mainland ancestor of the Antillean genus. At all events, these two fossil genera in Cuba point to migrations from both North and Central America (by way of Florida and Yucatan respectively). The two other fossil species hitherto reported are Lesser Antillean. The first is a large rodent, Amhhjrhiza inundata, now known from cavern deposits in the islands of Anguilla and St. Martin's. This animal is likewise considered of Pleistocene age; and, though doubt- less related to the South American family Lagostomidae, including the chinchillas, is currently included with the North American genus Castoroides in the Castoroididae. Cope supposed the genus to have reached the Antilles from South America by way of the Windward Islands; but the present evidence does not seem to exclude the chance of its having come from North America along the same route with Megalonyx, provided, of course, that at that time the deep cleft now separating Anguilla from the Greater Antilles did not form a barrier. The remaining fossil mammal is an undescribed species of Mega- lomys, briefly mentioned by Major, from Barbuda. This simply serves to extend the range of this recent genus to the more northern Lesser Antilles, throughout which it probably once ranged. Turning now to the bats, we find at present recorded from the West Indies no less than thirty-one genera. On many of the islands local forms have developed which are sufficiently marked to be entitled to rank as local races or even species, although this matter is in part one of personal opinion. Since the trinomial better expresses such evi- dent relationships between the forms on neighboring islands, I have, in the following pages, adopted this in preference to a binomial desig- nation in cases where specimens have been personally studied, or where previous writers have shown preference for a trinomial title. Although the bat fauna of the W'est Indies may be considered fairly well known, there are many islands from which few if any species are 180 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. recorded. It is noticeable that many of the better known species are cave haunters, and so are rather easily taken, once their caverns are discovered. The tree-dwelling bats, however, must usually be shot or captured as occasional chance may offer. Our knowledge of the distribution, especially of this latter class, is still therefore far from complete. For this reason the negative evidence as to the apparent absence of certain species must not be too strongly insisted upon. A singular instance is that of Lonchorhina aurita, originally described from a specimen without locality. Of the two additional specimens discovered in the fifty years since the first was made known, one came from Venezuela, and the second from Nassau Harbor, New Providence, Bahamas. The possible agency of a steam vessel might here be invoked, though the evidence at present points to the occurrence of the genus in the Lesser Antilles as well. The apparent absence of certain genera is, however, very noticeable. Thus, there is no evidence that Pipistrellus or Dasypterus occurs anywhere in the West Indies. The widespread genus Myotis is apparently quite absent from the Greater Antilles, although in the Lesser Antilles a representative of the austral species M. nigricans is described from Dominica. The genus Rhogeessa is perhaps to be looked for in Jamaica or Cuba, as it occurs on the neighboring main- land. Of the Emballonuridae, no representatives of Rhynchiscus, Saccopteryx, Balantiopteryx, Diclidurus, and certain rarer genera are known. Of common Central American Phyllostomidae, no record appears for Micronycteris, Tonatia, Phyllostomus, Anoura, Vampy- rops, Chiroderma, the subgenus Dermanura of Artibeus; the Desmo- dontidae also seem to be unrepresented, as well as the Furipteridae and Thyropteridae. Of the thirty-one genera of bats now known from the West Indies, no less than ten are peculiar to Antillea. Of these ten, three are represented in both the Greater and the Lesser Antilles, viz., Mono- phyllus, Brachyphylla, and Ardops. The remaining seven so far as known are all peculiar to the Greater Antilles (including the Bahamas). These are Phyllonycteris, Reithronycteris, Phyllops, Ariteus, Erophylla, Chilonatalus, and Nyctiellus. These and other genera will be severally discussed below. It is interesting to observe that no genus of bats peculiar to the Lesser Antilles has been discovered, although our knowledge of the Chiroptera of these islands is still far from complete, — so much so, indeed, that practically nothing is known of the bat fauna of most of them. Of species whose distribution throughout the Antilles is rather ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 181 general, there are several. Of these Noctilio Icporinus, owing to its fish-eating habits, might be expected to cross narrow stretches of sea, and so to spread from island to island. Its occurrence may therefore not be very significant from a geographical point of view. Probably the best known of the West Indian bats is Artibeus jamaicensis, with its races, more or less nominal. It might be thought that so large and strong a species would readily fly far over seas to populate outlying territory, but this supposition is not clearly borne out. The species is apparently absent from the Bahama archipelago, and its supposed occurrence at Key West, Florida, is unsubstantiated. Dr. K. Ander- sen, in his recent study of this genus, considers the Cuban form an admissible subspecies, derived probably from the Yucatan race. Typical jamaicensis occurs in the Honduras peninsula, St. Andrew's, Old Providence, and Jamaica, across through San Domingo and Porto Rico, and even so far east as St. Kitts, that is, slightly beyond the supposed geological boundary between the Greater and the Lesser Antilles (namely, the depression between the Virgin Islands and Anguilla. Dr. Andersen admits, however, that there "is absolutely no 'hard-and-fast' line" between jamaicensis and the race palmarum, from the latter of which he considers the race praeeeps of the northern Lesser Antilles to be derived. The difficulty of determining the exact relationship of these bats may be gathered from the fact that praeeeps of Dominica and Guadeloupe is indistinguishable from acquatorialis of Ecuador, which itself is merely a larger edition of typical jamaicensisl There can be no doubt, however, that this author is correct in deriving the races palmarum and praeeeps from the race of the South American mainland, while the Greater Antillean representatives came by way of Central America. The genera Nyctinomus and Molossus are probably the swiftest flying bats, yet it is remarkable that they show a differentiation in the West Indies that indicates a long continued local habitat. The common Nyctinomus b. musculus of the Greater Antilles (Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico) is a race distinct from that of the adjoining mainland of North and Central America. Among the Bahamas, a further but less marked differentiation has occurred, represented by the race bahamensis; while in the Lesser Antilles, from Barbados north to at least St. Kitts and St. Bartholomew is the race antillularum. The fact that these two or three races should have thus become separated off, while the continental brasiliensis is the same from Patagonia to Texas, is very significant of the practical absence of recent migration of these animals. The same is true, but 182 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. to a less degree, in the case of the West Indian race of Molossus obscurus, which appears to have become slightly differentiated from its prototype of South and Central America. The case of Natalus is probably analogous in large measure to that of Nyctinomus brasilicnsis. This is a genus of tropical America, and in the Antilles is known from San Domingo and Dominica. On the continent it ranges north into central Mexico. In San Domingo the slightly larger size of the representative of N. stramineus has caused it to be described as the race major. In Dominica, however, it seems quite the same as the form of the neighboring South American mainland whence it is supposedly derived. The genus is to be looked for on other of the Greater and Lesser Antilles, and from Jamaica probably rather than from Cuba, since the Yucatan land extension was perhaps slightly too far north to be available for this tropical species as a passageway to Cuba. Of the three peculiar West Indian genera that occur in both the Greater and the Lesser Antilles, namely, Monophyllus, Brachyphylla, and Ardops, the first is widespread. Among the Greater Antilles it is known from Jamaica, Cuba, and Porto Rico, on each of which a local race has become differentiated. Doubtless it occurs on San Domingo as well. Among the Lesser Antilles it is represented by a local race on Santa Lucia and on Barbados; and an additional species is described, without locality, but is probably from one of the West Indies. Brachyphylla is recorded from Cuba, St. Vincent, and Bar- bados. The Cuban form is smaller, and is considered a species distinct from that of the Lesser Antilles. Possibly the genus is to be looked for on the intermediate islands. Ardops, with the related genera Phyllops and Ariteus, are doubtless to be considered as a unit in their geographical relationship. Ardops is recorded from Haiti in the Greater Antilles, and from Montserrat, Dominica, and Santa Lucia in the Lesser x\ntilles. In each of these islands a local form has become differentiated. The closely related Phyllops seems to be the representative of Ardops in Cuba, and in Jamaica its place is similarly taken by the kindred genus Ariteus. The correspondence between the distribution of the endemic genus Monophyllus and the Ardops- Phyllops-Ariteus group is therefore very striking, despite the evident gaps in our knowledge. No representative of Brachyphylla is yet known from Jamaica. It seems Very significant, however, that this "most primitive of the Stenodermines" should occur with the genus Monophyllus on Barbados, formerly supposed to be a good example of an 'oceanic' island. The fact that the genus is yet known from ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 183 but three of the Antilles, and that it occurs here with other endemic genera, may indicate that it is a survivor in these islands of a primitive genus whose range was once more extensive. The present distribu- tion of the five genera considered may thus indicate either that they are survivors of an ancient fauna that was endemic in Antillea (in- cluding the Greater and Lesser Antilles as a continuous land mass), or that they reached these islands by one or more land bridges from Central or South America after which their continental prototypes became extinct. In either case it is probable that Phyllops and Ariteus have become latterly differentiated from the Ardops stock, in Cuba and Jamaica respectively. The bat fauna of the Greater Antilles is much better known than that of the Lesser Antilles; nevertheless, it is undoubtedly true that the number of genera is greater in the former. Of those known from the Greater Antilles (including the Bahamas), but not from the Lesser, are these fifteen: Chilonycteris, Mormoops, Otopterus, Lonchorhina, Vampyrus, Phyllonycteris, Reithronycteris, Erophylla, Chilonatalus, Nyctiellus, Eptesicus, Nycticeius, Lasiurus, Mormopterus, Eumops. From this list are excluded Phyllops and Ariteus as being the repre- sentatives on Cuba and Jamaica respectively of the genus Ardops, just considered. The genus Lonchorhina is known from three speci- mens, one from Venezuela, one from New Providence, Bahamas, and one without locality but probably the Lesser Antilles. The genera Peropteryx, Pteronotus, and Myotis are as yet known in the West Indies from the Lesser Antilles only, which they have evidently reached from South America; for these island forms are closely allied to those of that mainland and Trinidad, or are identical with them. The genus Glossophaga is represented in the southern- most Lesser Antilles by the species longirostris of northern South America; while in the Greater Antilles there is in Jamaica what is probably a race of G. soricina. There is evidence that the latter race also occurs in the Bahamas. The South and Central American species Artibeus planirostris is also represented in Grenada by a local race, grenadensis, evidently allied to that of the neighboring mainland. It is thus evident that these bats of ,the Lesser Antilles are of South American origin. The genera of the Greater Antilles will be consid- ered in further detail. The genus Chilonycteris is found in Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico, in each of which there occur together the two species C. macleayii and C. parnellii, except in San Domingo where the latter has not yet been collected. There can be little doubt of its presence 184 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. there, however. Of these two species, C. macleayii seems to be most nearly related to the continental C. personata, whose range is from Brazil north at least to Guatemala; C. parnellii, on the other hand, is nearer to C. rvbiginosa, whose range is probably coextensive with that of C. personata on the mainland, where it is known from Brazil to Mexico. It seems strange that neither species should have yet been found in the Lesser Antilles, although C. rvbiginosa is known from Trinidad. Among the Greater Antilles, each has developed a peculiar race on each of the larger islands. The race of C. macleayii found in Jamaica (grisea), is considered by Rehn to be the best marked of any of the subspecies; while the same seems to be true to a lesser degree of the Jamaican race of C. parnellii. The case of Mormoops is somewhat similar to that of Chilonycteris. It is known as yet from Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico, of the West Indies. The Jamaican species M. bluinvillii is peculiar to that island, but in the other islands the subspecies cinna- momea takes its place. This differentiation is somewhat paralleled by that of its continental prototype, M. megalophyUa, of which a northern subspecies is recognized in northern Mexico and southern Texas. Although the latter species ranges through northern South America to Trinidad, it is still unknown from the Lesser Antilles, indicating, possibly, that its extension thus far to the eastward took place mainly after the land connection with these islands had become destroyed. The distribution of the genus Otopterus in the West Indies seems somewhat similar, except that it is known from the Bahamas as well as from the larger islands of the Greater Antilles. It has not yet been reported from Porto Rico, where, nevertheless, it may confidently be expected. So far as known, Otopterus is not found south of Guate- mala, whence it ranges north into southern and Lower California. Its Antillean distribution is therefore of unusual interest, since, if we assume that its range has always been north of Panama, there is no way of its having reached the Lesser Antilles through a land connection from South America. That it does not pass eastward of Porto Rico is therefore quite what would be expected, if the deep cleft between the Virgin Islands and Anguilla is considered to have been the barrier between the two chains of islands. In Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and the Bahama archipelago, respectively, local races of the single species 0. waterhousii have been developed that differ but slightly among themselves. Apparently the Jamaican form, in its smaller foot and skull is nearer the continental 0. mexicanus ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 185 than the larger-skulled races from the other islands. That the West Indian Otopterus should be well distributed in the Bahamas yet wholly absent from the Florida peninsula and Gulf States directly west, is evidence that these islands have been connected recently with the Greater Antilles. If the theory of distribution through the agency of wind and chance is to obtain, here is an excellent opportunity for it to operate, since the prevailing trade wind would waft such wanderers to the east coast of Florida, where the climate and other conditions would be in part similar. The subfamily Phyllonycterinae, so far as known, is peculiar to the Greater Antilles. Of its three genera, Reithronycteris and Phyl- lonycteris are apparently confined to Jamaica and Cuba respectively. Each is represented by a single species, and both are considered rare. These two genera are closely related, and seem to have become differ- entiated on the two islands from a common stock, doubtless of Central American origin. The third genus, Erophylla, has not yet been dis- covered in Jamaica, but is represented by slightly differing local races in Cuba, San Domingo, Porto Rico, and the Bahaman archi- pelago. Should it eventually be found in Jamaica as well, its dis- tribution in the Antilles would correspond closely with that of Chilonycteris, Otopterus, and Chilonatalus. From the fact that Erophylla is unknown from the mainland, it may be assumed that, like the two other genera of the subfamily, it either reached these islands by land tongues from Central America, where it has since become extinct, or it has arisen as an endemic genus. Further investigation will probably show the range of the genus Chilonatalus to be practically coextensive in the West Indies with that of Otopterus. It is now known from Old Providence Island, Jamaica, Cuba, and the Bahamas (Watling's Island and Great Abaco). Its presence is to be expected in San Domingo and probably Porto Rico. It has no known representative on the mainland, but is closest related to Natalus. The latter genus, though recorded at present from but two of the West Indies (Dominica and San Domingo) is likely to be found on other of the islands, particularly Jamaica and the more southern Lesser Antilles. The Natalus of San Domingo is larger than the continental races from which it is undoubtedly derived. That of Dominica, however, does not seem different from that of the neighboring mainland of South America. In view of the apparent absence of the genus Natalus from Cuba, it may be suggested that it is represented on that island by Nyctiellus, which in external characters is considered the least specialized of the Natalidae, although the skull and teeth have become considerablv modified. 186 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Although Chilonatalus and Natalus have not hitherto been found inhabiting together the same island, the fact that the former is found in Jamaica, Cuba, and the Bahamas, while the latter occurs on the intermediate island, San Domingo, and in the Lesser Antilles, is evidence that the two genera reached these islands already fully differentiated, and that Chilonatalus is not to be considered the representative of Natalus in the islands where it is now known. More likely the continental prototype of Chilonatalus was a Central American bat that has since died out. Moreover, the presence in Cuba of the peculiar genus Nyctiellus, occurring here at the same time with Chilonatalus, suggests that it is a derivative of Natalus. Undoubtedly Chilonatalus reached the Greater Antilles by land connection from Honduras to Jamaica, and either thence, or by way of Yucatan, to Cuba, and eastward to the Bahamas. Its presence on Old Providence Island is further evidence of the former land- bridge between the Honduras peninsula and Jamaica. The Vespertilionidae offer several peculiarities of distribution. The absence of Myotis from the Greater Antilles has already been noted, and is readily to be explained from the fact that none of the North American species is known to range quite far enough south to have enabled it to spread on to the Yucatan promontory, and so to the Greater Antilles, at such time as a land connection existed. At all events it can hardly be doubted that at that period none of the North American species had extended quite far enough to the south to enable them so to cross. On the other hand, the tropical species M. nigricans had reached the Lesser Antilles from South America, and is now known from Dominica, where it has become slightly differentiated (d ominic crisis) . Since the species ranges north into southern Mexico (Chiapas), its presence might be expected in Jamaica; but the fact that it has not yet been discovered there indicates that it may only recently have extended to Mexico. The genus Eptesicus is known from Cuba and from New Providence in the Bahamas. On the former island is the large, richly colored race cubensis, closely related to E. fuscus miradorensis of Mexico and Guatemala. This fact indicates that the Cuban bat reached that island by way of the Yucatan connection, rather than from Florida. With this conclusion in mind, the occurrence of the very small E. f. bahamensis in New Providence, Bahamas, is somewhat of a surprise, in view of the large size of the tropical miradorensis and cubensis. May it not be possible that the Bahama brown bat is an offshoot of the small E. -propinquus, found in Guatemala and Nicara- ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 187 gua? The status of this rare bat is still somewhat in doubt. Miller, in 1897, considered it a race of E. fuscus, but at the same time ex- pressed the opinion that it might prove to be a distinct species. If the latter view be accepted, it would be possible to assume that the Bahama brown bat reached its present home by way of a land con- nection from Honduras to Jamaica and San Domingo. Further information as to the bat fauna of the latter island may throw light on this question. It is remarkable that the genus Nycticeius, found elsewhere in America over the southeastern United States only, should also occur in Cuba. The recent discovery of a bat in East Africa, pronounced by Mr. G. S. Miller a typical Nycticeius, is of extraordinary interest in this connection. It is a fact probably quite in line with the presence of the molossoid genus Mormopterus in Cuba, Peru, and southeastern Africa, Madagascar, and Mauritius. A similar case is perhaps that of the occurrence in British East Africa of the bat genus Laephotis, nearly identical with the South American Histiotus. These and other facts point strongly to the conclusion that there was formerly a land connection between Africa and eastern South America, by means of which such an interchange of tropical genera was made possible. This view is ably supported by von Ihering from a study of marine littoral molluscs of the Tertiary and Cretaceous. Ortmann (1910) has recently reviewed his work, and writes that "the Arch- helenis-thcory of von Ihering has now received so much support from various sides that we may regard it as firmly established with regard to its general correctness. Stated in broad terms, this theory assumes a former land connection between Africa and South America, which is rather old. This connection is the last remnant of a large southern continental mass (South Atlantis, Gondwana-land), which existed since the beginning of the organic history of the earth (Cambrium), which was broken to pieces at different times, and the remnants of which are now found in Australia, India, Africa and Brazil. The separation of Brazil from Africa was the last step in the dismember- ment of this old continent, an event which is placed by most writers toward the end of the Mesozoic era, although some have admitted the possible continuation of Archhelenis into the beginning of the Tertiary." Ortmann disagrees with von Ihering's conclusion that this land connection persisted into the Eocene. The evident relationship of Solenodon to the West African Potamo- gale and the Madagascan Centetes may also point to a community of origin and a continuity of habitat in the past. But it is not necessarily 18S bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. to be assumed that the genus reached the Antilles from Africa or a southern land mass by any such direct connection, for present evidence is quite as good that it came by way of the Central American land tongues to these islands. As for the bat genus Nycticeius, it is possible that it was formerly more widespread in America, and is now persisting in Cuba and the southeastern United States only. Its occurrence in Cuba alone of the Antilles may indicate a former connection with Florida ; the same perhaps by which the ground sloth, Megalonyx, apparently a North American genus, reached the island. Possible, too, Nycticeius, as well as Mormopterus and Solenodon reached Cuba through the Yuca- tan bridge, at a time when Jamaica had already become separated, thus accounting for their apparent absence on the latter island. The genus Lasiurus occurs in Jamaica, Cuba, and the Bahamas (New Providence). The Cuban species is brightly colored, like the Mexican race, from which it is probably derived; but the relation- ships of the Bahama red bat are not satisfactorily determined. Fur- ther investigation may show that this genus is found in the other Greater Antilles. Bats of the family Molossidae occur throughout the West Indies. The species Nyctinomus brasiliensis of the mainland is represented by slightly characterized races in the Greater Antilles, the Bahamas, and the Windward Islands, respectively. On both Cuba and Jamaica occurs N. macrotis, a species of the ' Nyctinomops ' group, which has not been elsewhere found in the West Indies. This distribution seems to be exactly matched by that of the genus Eumops. Thus, on Cuba is found a bat apparently indistinguishable from the E. glaucinus of the adjacent mainland, while on Jamaica its place is taken by the closely related species, E. orthotis. Doubtless the land tongues connecting Cuba and Jamaica with Yucatan and Honduras respectively, allowed these bats to reach their present homes. The case of Mormopterus, known in America from Cuba and Peru, has been already discussed. It may eventually be found in Jamaica. The genus Molossus is represented by three species. The first seems to be a slightly smaller race of the continental M. obscurus, and probably occurs throughout the West Indies, except apparently the Bahamas. A small species occurs in Cuba whose relationships are still uncertain, while in the southern Lesser Antilles is found the South American species, M. crassicaudatus. Summary. — The foregoing survey of the known mammalian fauna of the West Indies shows but three Antillean genera that are common ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 189 to both Greater and Lesser Antilles. These are Brachyphylla, Mono- phyllus, and Ardops with its Cuban and Jamaican offshoots, Phyllops and Ariteus. The general distribution of these bats may indicate that at one time the land area of the Greater and Lesser Antilles was more or less continuous, or that the same genus reached the two groups from Central and from South America respectively, and then spread in both directions. The former supposition is the more probable, and is borne out by the facts of the distribution of reptiles (Barbour, 1910). Other species whose distribution is continuous throughout the Antilles are: Noctilio Icporinus, Artibeus jamaicensis, Nyctinomus brasilicnsis, and Mohssus obscurus. Of these, all but the first are represented by local races, a study of w T hich tends to show that they have reached the Antilles from both ends of the chain simultaneously. The distinctness of the mammalian fauna of the Greater Antilles from that of the Lesser is very striking. The terrestrial species of the former seem to be entirely derived from North and Central America, while those of the Lesser Antilles are equally of South Ameri- can affinity. The two faunae meet at the northeastern corner of the Antillean chain. Similarly the bats of the two groups comprise many genera or species peculiar to each. Thus Chilonycteris, Mor- moops, Otopterus, Erophylla, Chilonatalus, Eptesicus, Lasiurus, and Eumops are present on two or more of the Greater, but are unknown from the Lesser Antilles. On the other hand, Peropteryx, Pteronotus, Glossophaga longirostris, Artibeus planirostris grena- densis, Mi/otis dominicensis, and Mohssus crassicaudatus are Lesser Antillean bats that have very clearly reached those islands from South America, and are unknown in the Greater Antilles. The relations of the Lesser Antillean islands to each other are apparently much sim- pler than those of the Greater. Thus, the mammals of Tobago are very similar to those of Trinidad, though fewer in species; and pro- ceeding northward, the known species are all such as would be expected to have come over a land bridge from northern South America. There is also a diminution in the number of genera represented as one pro- ceeds northward, although, owing to our imperfect knowledge, it is still impossible to state this difference accurately. Dominica seems to be the best known of any of the Windward Islands as regards its bat fauna, but as yet only nine species are recorded. The former land connections and faunal migrations of what are now the Greater Antilles seem to offer much more complex problems. Thus, Cuba must have received accessions largely through a Yucatan land bridge. Some also may have come from Florida by way of 190 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. another land connection. Such, for example, is probably Megalonyx, and perhaps the bat genus Nycticeius. A more intimate knowledge of the fauna of San Domingo is imperative for the determination of the extent to which migration took place between that island and Cuba. There is evidence that the connection became dissolved before that with Yucatan. This might account for the apparent isolation in Cuba of Megalonyx, the long-tailed species of Capromys, and the bats Nycticeius, Nyctiellus, Mormopterus. Perhaps also the appar- ent absence of a race of Eptcsicus fuscus from the other islands (? except Bahamas) is explicable through the short duration of a Cuba-San Domingo connection. Notwithstanding the number of evident similarities between the fauna of Cuba and that of Jamaica, these need not indicate any direct land connection between the two islands. Indeed, the evidence seems to point to their long isolation. Of the bat genera common to both, Chilonycteris, Mormoops, Otopterus, Chilonatalus, Lasiurus, Nyc- tinomus (Nyctinomops group), and Eumops are not known from the Lesser Antilles. Two species of Chilonycteris occur together on both Cuba and Jamaica, as well as on other of the Greater Antilles. Both have probably reached these islands through separate land connec- tions by way of Yucatan and the Honduras peninsula respectively; and by a similar route it is probable that the other genera came to each. Evidence for this assumption is the apparent absence in Cuba and other of the Greater Antilles of the three following bats known in Jamaica: Vampyrus spectrum, Hemiderma perspicillatum, and Sturnira lilium. Probably the range of these tropical species never extended sufficiently far north to permit of their crossing by a land bridge to Cuba by way of Yucatan, whereas it did allow of their reaching Jamaica by way of the supposed Honduras land tongue. We may assume, further, that the connection with San Domingo had disappeared by the time they reached Jamaica. The genus Phyllonycteris of Cuba may be represented in Jamaica by the endemic Reithronycteris, just as Phyllops of Cuba seems to be represented by Ariteus in Jamaica. The fact of these genera having been thus independently developed on the two islands from some common stock seems to indicate a long isolation. On the other hand, there are several species which are practically identical on the two islands. Thus, Chilonatalus micropus of Jamaica is considered the same as that of Cuba; Nyctinomus b. musculus and N. macrotis are the same on both; and the Eumops of Cuba, con- sidered the same as E. glaucinus of the mainland, is not greatly ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 191 different from E. orihotis of Jamaica. These wide-ranging bats of the family Molossidae, however, would be less expected to show local differentiation. All these five species may be assumed to have reached Cuba and Jamaica by separate land connections to each island. The fact that Nyctiuomus macrotis and the genus Eumops are still unknown from the other islands may indicate that their arrival took place after both Cuba and Jamaica had lost connection with the other Antilles. Too much stress must not be laid on this negative evidence, however. The absence of Eptesicus from Jamaica, too, may be merely apparent. A summary of the known bat fauna of Cuba and Jamaica gives the former twenty-one and the latter nine- teen species. There are six genera in Cuba that seem to have no Jamaican representative, and four Jamaican genera that are unrep- resented in Cuba. Of the connection of Cuba with Haiti and San Domingo there can be no doubt, from the many genera or even species of animals that they have in common. Of mammals, such are Solenodon and Ero- phylla; perhaps too the long-tailed Capromys. It seems equally evident, however, that it has long been separated from the other Greater Antilles. Certain facts point also to a connection by way of Jamaica, with San Domingo, and thence to Porto Rico and the Bahamas, a land bridge that may have persisted after that between San Domingo and Cuba had disappeared. Very significant here is the distribution of the short-tailed members of the genus Capromys. None is known from Cuba, but closely allied species are found in Swan Island, Jamaica, and the Plana Keys, Bahamas. Doubtless there was formerly a species also in San Domingo, if we may so identify the "Cori" of Oviedo. There is no very adequate evidence that any of the other animals described by Oviedo from this island were long-tailed Capromys. If they were, they may have been specimens brought from Cuba, or they may have been Plagiodontia, the significance of whose isolated habitat here it is now difficult to see. At all events, the facts point to a land bridge from Central America by way of Jamaica and San Domingo, over which the short-tailed Capromys reached the Bahamas. Jn like manner may perhaps be explained the occurrence of a bat in the Bahamas similar to Glosso- phaga soricina antillarum of Jamaica. The genus is unknown from Cuba, and indeed, for that matter, from San Domingo; but its occurrence on the latter island may be postulated. According to Andersen, a study of the genus Artibeus indicates that the San Domingo and Porto Rico representatives of the species jamaicensis 192 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. are identical and differ from the Cuban race, whose affinities are nearer the large Yucatan form. I have already suggested that the occurrence of a small Eptesicus in the Bahamas may be explicable by supposing that it was derived from the small Central American E. propinquus, by way of Jamaica and San Domingo. Further research, however, must establish its presence or absence on these intermediate islands. It may be argued that if this supposed connec- tion allowed certain species to reach the eastern Greater Antilles, independently of a connection by way of Cuba, why did not others, such as Solenodon, Plagiodontia, Erophylla, reach Jamaica by the same route? It is possible that such a movement did take place; but at this date it might be out of the question to determine whether a Jamaican species had come directly from the continent to the west, or from Antillea to the east. Perhaps by this latter route came such now wholly West Indian genera as Monophyllus, Ariteus, and Reith- ronycteris. On the other hand, the main movement would naturally be from the west toward the less thickly populated lands to the east. In conclusion, it appears that the present evidence afforded by the distribution of West Indian mammals in the main corroborates the current hypothesis that the fauna is derived in part from northern South America, and in part, by means of probably at least two land bridges, from North and Central America. A few genera are peculiar, and found throughout the chain. These may represent forms that were formerly wide ranging on the mainland and spread throughout the chain, either from both ends, or from one end provided the present island series was then a continuous land mass; on the other hand they may have developed on an Antillean continent, and since be- come isolated on the several islands through a depression of this continent. To the Greater Antilles, two main land bridges are indicated: one by w T ay of the Yucatan peninsula to Cuba; a second by way of the Honduras peninsula to San Domingo and the Bahamas. Subsidiary connections probably occurred between Cuba and Florida, and Cuba and San Domingo. Between the latter and Jamaica there was doubtless a land connection, as well as between Jamaica and Central America. As shown by Alexander Agassiz in his Three Cruises of the Blake, published in 1888, there is at a comparatively shallow depth a bank connecting Honduras with Swan Island and other islets, Jamaica, and the southwestern arm of San Domingo. The five hundred fathom line would practically include this connec- tion, as well as the islands of Porto Rico, Virgin Islands, and the Bahamas. Between Cuba and San Domingo, however, is a greater ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 193 depth, amounting to " not less than eight hundred and seventy-three fathoms." This cleft may well have developed to form the supposed barrier between Cuba and San Domingo. Between the Greater and the Lesser Antilles the deep valley between the Virgin Islands and Anguilla is considered the barrier that prevented the interchange of many of the South American types of the Lesser Antilles and the Central American derivatives of the Greater Antilles. Annoted List. DIDELPHIIDAE. DlDELPHIS MARSUPIALIS INSULARIS J. A. Allen. Di del phis marsupialis insularis J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1902, 16, p. 259. As stated by Dr. J. A. Allen in describing this opossum from Trini- dad, "St. Vincent, Grenada, and Dominica specimens are similar, and were most likely derived from the Trinidad stock, having doubtless been introduced into these islands from Trinidad." The Museum collection contains six specimens from Trinidad and eight from Grenada, and a careful comparison of these corroborates Dr. Allen's view that they are identical. A single youngish example from St. Vincent, collected in 1903 by Mr. A. H. Clark, has the dorsal part of the supraoccipital bone considerably wider and slightly different in shape from that of the Grenada and Trinidad specimens, a condi- tion perhaps due to youth. The skin of this specimen shows the melanistic phase, and has the long hairs of the body almost entirely black. The ears, however, are very slightly tipped with white, instead of being entirely black. De Rochefort, writing in 1658, speaks of "opossums" as one of the five species of mammals known by him to be native to Tobago. Similarly Du Tertre, in the 1667 edition of his "Histoire Generale des Antilles habitees par les Francais," Vol. 2, mentions having first met with the "Manitou" on Grenada. At that time the animal seems to have been unknown in the islands to the northward; for, in the previous edition of this work, written in 1654, Du Tertre makes no mention of it in the portion dealing with the native mammals of the French islands (chiefly St. Christopher, Guadeloupe, and Marti- 194 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology, nique). Apparently it was then common on Grenada; and a speci- men was shown to him as a curiosity, and then thrown into the gutter, for, he says, no one eats them, not even the negroes. From this it seems very probable that its present occurrence on St. Vincent and Dominica is due to human interposition at a somewhat recent date. Mr: Austin H. Clark, who spent some months collecting among the Lesser Antilles in 1903, tells me that this opossum is found also on the larger Grenadines, (including Mustique, Bequia, Canouan, Union Island, Carriacou, and Isle Ronde). It has apparently become less common on St. Vincent and Grenada since the introduction of the mongoose. It is considered a great delicacy by the negroes of the present day, who esteem especially the hind-quarters and tail as being the sweetest meat. It is often caught by suspending a bunch of bananas over a hole dug in the ground about four feet across and the same in depth, into which the animal falls in attempting to reach the fruit. Marmosa chapmani Allen. Marmosa chapmani Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1900, 13, p. 197. Marmosa grenadae Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1911, ser. 8, 7, p. 514. Two specimens from Grenada are identical in size and cranial measurements with a topotype of M. chapmani from Caura, Trinidad. They are, however, slightly paler cinnamon along the sides; but this is apparently not more than individual variation. I have been able to compare with these specimens the type of M . robinsoni from Margarita Id., Venezuela, in the Museum collection, and find that, although the two species are quite the same in size, the latter is decidedly paler, with a smaller eye spot that does not extend so far posteriorly. Thomas (1911) has just described as Marmosa grenadae the murine opossum of Grenada, from a specimen collected in 1886 and skinned out from alcohol. Owing to immersion in spirit, the color characters are unreliable, and Thomas states that the skull is as in the Trinidad species, which he here redescribes as M. nesaea, overlooking the name chapmani bestowed eleven years before on the same animal. There does not seem to be good ground for recognizing either of these names. This little opossum seems to be not rare all over the island of ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 195 Grenada. We obtained one specimen in a trap baited with meat in the heavy forest at Grand Etang, 1800 feet; and the people in the lowlands were also well acquainted with it. Among the Grenadines, Mr. Austin H. Clark informs me that it occurs on Carriacou and Isle Ronde as well. Its local name is "manicou gros-yeux," in reference to the apparent size of the eyes due to the large black orbital spots. The possibility of its having been introduced from Trinidad is, of course, to be considered, although the likelihood of its having been carried to the small Grenadines, Carriacou and Isle Ronde, may seem rather small. MEGALONICHIDAE. Megalonyx rodens (Castro). McgalocJuius rodens Castro, Anal. Real. Acad. Cien., Habana, 1864, 1, p. 58. . Notwithstanding the former doubt cast on the authenticity of the Cuban fossil remains of this extinct sloth, it is now certain that they were actually found on the island. The original specimen was from the province of Cienfuegos; and additional localities are now known, viz., Cardenas and between Santo Domingo and Sagna. A discussion of these and other supposed Cuban remains of Equus, Hippopotamus, and Mastodon is given by Vaughan (1902). More recently Professor de la Torre (1910) has discovered additional re- mains of this animal, sufficient largely to reconstruct its skeleton. In his preliminary account of this find, he figures the teeth and claws, and mentions especially a locality in the Sierra de Jatibonico, where he personally excavated these bones from caverns, and found them associated with bones of a crocodile, which, he suggests, may have preyed upon the Megalonyx. DASYPODIDAE. Dasypus novemcinctus hoplites, subsp. nov. Type.— Adult female, skin and skeleton No. 8116, M. C. Z., from the hills back of Gouyave, island of Grenada, September 7, 1910; collected by G. M. Allen. General characters. — In external characters, similar to Dasypus 196 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. novcmcinctus from Brazil, but smaller. Skull smaller, with tooth- row decidedly shorter, due in part to the usual suppression of the last molar. Description. — The dermal armor in the fresh specimen is flesh color, darkening slightly in the midline. It consists of the usual frontal shield, produced posteriorly between the ears, a scapular and a pelvic shield, with nine transverse movable bands between. The dorsal surface of manus and pes are closely covered with more or less hex- agonal scales. The tail has twelve complete bony rings, succeeded by an armored tip 110 mm. long. From the posterior free edges of the transverse body rings project three or four short bristles from each scale; similar but more minute hairs are present at the posterior margins of the scales on the shields of body and tail. The ventral surface of body and limbs is set with transverse rows of small round dermal scutes that average about a centimeter apart. Each of these scutes is the center of a cluster of yellowish bristles which are longest on the throat and legs. Mammae four, two pectoral, two inguinal. Claws, four on the manus, five on the pes. Ears minutely scaly. Skull. — Except for its smaller size, the skull of the West Indian armadillo is very similar in form to that of the mainland animal from Brazil. The premaxillaries, however, average slightly shorter in proportion, and are nearly as long, ventrally, as the distance from their posterior points to the first tooth, instead of greatly exceeding the distance, as is more usual in mainland specimens. The most notable and interesting peculiarity of this island race, however, is the tendency to the reduction of the number and size of the teeth, which thus produces a shortening of the entire tooth-row. The number of teeth R— 7 R—R 8—8 8—8 8—8 in five specimens from Brazil is: — gz§; gZg; gZg) §Zg; gZg. In the three specimens from Grenada the teeth are: — No. 8116, g; No. 8117, §E?; No. 8118, £f. It is the posterior- most tooth of the upper series that has become lost in all cases. This is clearly shown also in the single aberrant Brazilian specimen by the fact that on the left side there is a minute posterior tooth; but on the right side the corresponding position is blank, and the large seventh tooth is exactly opposite the seventh tooth of the left side. In all three Grenada specimens the small posterior tooth is perma- nently lost, so that the tooth row ends abruptly with the large sixth or seventh tooth. In No. 8118, it is also clearly the seventh tooth that has been lost on the right hand side, since the corresponding tooth of the left side is opposite the empty space. Moreover, this dropping out of the posterior members of the series increases the ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 197 distance between the maxillopalatal suture and the end of the tooth row, causing a marked interspace in the Grenada skulls; whereas in mainland specimens the eighth molar but is very slightly in advance of the palatal suture. The usual rule of the more rapid evolution of the upper than of the lower jaw is also well illustrated by the fact that in no case has the number of lower teeth been reduced beyond seven, and in the type the eighth lower left tooth is still retained. In the island animal, also, the teeth are noticeably smaller in absolute size than those of the smallest of the Brazilian series. Measurements. — The external measurements of the three Grenada specimens, taken in the flesh, and of an alcoholic specimen from Brazil, are: — No. Locality. Total length. Tail. Hind foot. Ear. Sex 8116 Grenada 678 320 82 37 9 8117 it 638 310 SO 37 & 8118 u 615 290 75 32 c? 130 Para 696 325 84 38 ■ — - The skulls of the type, and of No. 3699 from Brazil (in parentheses) measure respectively: — greatest length 85.5 (98); basal length, 71 (82); palatal length, 55.7 (65); zygomatic width, 35 (42); inter- orbital width, 22 (23); length of premaxillaries, 9 (13); anterior tooth to premaxillary, 9 (10); length from last molar to pterygoid, 19 (20); length of upper left tooth row, 19 (24); length of lower jaw, 66.5 (80); length of lower tooth row, 20 (25). Of the three specimens of this armadillo obtained in Grenada, the type is fully adult, and probably of nearly maximum size. The two others are apparently full grown, but the sutures of the skull are not so nearly closed. Their skulls are even smaller than those of the type. A study of the nine-banded armadillos from Brazil in the Museum collection shows that there is more or less variation in size among fully grown animals, the smallest of which are very nearly the size of the larger female from Grenada. The average size is, however, much larger, and the cranial characters sufficiently striking. It seems best, nevertheless, to regard the island animal as a subspe- cies, both because of the probable intergradation, and because of the expression of relationship thus made possible. An armadillo from Caparo, Trinidad, No. ^942, American Museum of Natural History, is clearly the same as the typical species of Brazil. It measured: — total length, 802 mm.; tail, 360; ear, 38.5. Skull, greatest length, 93; palatal length, 63; zygomatic breadth, 38.5; 198 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. upper tooth row, 25; lower tooth row, 25; last molar to end of palate, S— 8 19.4; palatals, 17; lower mandible, extreme length, 73.3; teeth, ^zg. Nomenclature. — According to Thomas (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1911, p. 141) Dasypus should replace the generic name Tatu, for this armadillo. The type locality of Linne's Dasypus novemeinetus is "America meridionali," and is generally taken to be the eastern coast of Brazil. Linne also describes as Dasypus scptemcinetus an armadillo which is characterized by "cingulis septenis," and lives "in Indiis." Whether this name was actually based on specimens from the Antilles or not seems impossible now to decide. Certainly, however, the Antillean armadillo normally has nine bands; and it is more reason- able to suppose an error in Linne's locality than that his specimen was abnormal. The name scptemcinetus is doubtless best considered as referring to the small armadillo of southeastern South America, which does have seven bands. The name was so used by Schreber (in his Saugetiere, vol. 2) and Gray. According to Thomas the animal should be known as Dasypus scptemcinetus Linne. In his "Handlist of the Edentate, Thick-skinned, and Ruminant Mammals of the British Museum" (1873) Dr. J. E. Gray recognized no less than seven species of the large nine-banded armadillos from the mainland of South and Central America, five of which he there describes as new. These are: Tatusia granadiana, T. leptorhynchus, T. brevirostris, T. leptocephala, T. bolivicnsis. He also recognizes T. mexicana of Peters, but ignores the latter's T. fenestratus of Costa Rica. His names are based mainly on minute and inconstant varia- tions in the shape or arrangement of the head plates, and the outline of the lachrymal bone. These differences disappear on the compari- son of even small series, so that it is currently considered that Dasypus novemeinetus of Brazil is the same as the Central American and Mexi- can animal. Gray's names brevirostris and boliviensis are both based on specimens from Bolivia, whence I have seen no material. A series of ten skins and skulls from Panama, Costa Rica, and Yuca- tan, however, shows that the Central American animal, while essen- tially of the same size as the large Brazilian armadillo, is very readily distinguished by its absolutely much shorter palatal bones, which do not usually reach the level of the posterior tooth, and by the very marked inflation of the maxillary region of the skull directly in front of the lachrymal bones, as is best seen from the ventral aspect. In the Brazilian nine-banded armadillo, the palatal bones usually bow for- ward at least to the level of the posteriormost tooth; but in the Central American race there is commonly a space of from 1 to 3 mm. between ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 199 the last molar and the palatal. In ventral aspect, the lateral outline of the skull is nearly straight, or slightly concave from the widest portion of the zygoma to the base of the rostrum, but in the Central American skulls this margin bows suddenly out at about the level of the sixth tooth, and forms a convexity that ends at the level of the second or third tooth. Peters (Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 180) described the nine-banded armadillo from Costa Rica under the name of Dasypus fcncstratus, and pointed out the fact of its shorter palate, as well as other less important cranial differences, as contrasted with the typical species. In the same paper he also described D. mexicanus from Mexico. These two names, however, appear to be synonymous, for the Mexican animal is essentially simi- lar to that of Costa Rica. Since the latter is first described, it will therefore be proper to speak of the nine-banded armadillo of Mexico and Middle America as Dasypus novemcinctus fenestratus Peters. In this connection, it is interesting to note that four specimens from Mexico in the Museum collection have but eight thoracic rings instead of the nine usually found. As nearly as can be judged from Gray's figure of T. granadiana (Hand-list of Edentata, 1873, pi. 2, p. 2) this name is probably synon- ymous with D. novemcinctus, as the New Grenada specimen seems to show a less swollen malar region than does his figure of mexicana. The greater length of the palate in the Central American race is evi- dent from the following measurements : — No. Locality. Greatest skull length. Greatest length of palatals. 19.5 19.8 22.3 18.5 20 130 Para 89 998 Brazil, Sta. Rita 98 1030 a it 93.5 1003 a a 96 3699 Brazil 100.5 Average 95.4 2835 Panama 99.5 12330 Costa Rica 101. 12325 It 97.5 12329 u 98 12326 << 98 20 17.5 17.5 15.4 16.5 16.2 Average 98.8 16.6 200 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Antillean Distribution. — There is no evidence to show that the Antillean armadillo ever occurred naturally to the northward of Grenada. De Rochefort, writing in 1658, on the natural history of the Antilles, gives the "Tatou" as a native of Tobago, and notes that, while some armadillos are as large as foxes, " ceus qui sont a Tabago sont beaucoup plus petis" (1658, p. 123). Evidently, then, the Tobago armadillo was small, as is the Grenada animal. Again, Du Tertre, writing in 1654, of the natural history of the French Islands, St. Christopher, Guadeloupe, and Martinique, does not mention its occurrence; but in the 1667 edition of this work, written after he had visited Grenada, he includes it, with the remark that he had never seen it until he visited that island, where it was then common. Its flesh was highly esteemed, and the animal was much hunted with dogs. He adds, in substance, that Grenada is the only one of the islands inhabited by the French where this little animal can live, and that many people have endeavored to transport it alive to Marti- nique, but without success. For if they even take it as far as St. Vincent, its strength fails it, and most of them die on the voyage. If even the strongest live until they reach Martinique, they die as soon as they touch the ground. This statement, however, was doubt- less a more or less fanciful explanation of the absence of the "tatou" from the other islands; for Labat, in 1742, disproves it by asserting that he himself saw one in 1704, alive and well, that had been brought from Grenada to Martinique at Fort St. Pierre. He had never tasted its flesh on Martinique; but in Grenada in 1700 he had several times eaten it, and speaks of it as white, fat, and delicate (Labat, 1742, 3, p. 19). On Grenada it is now confined to the rough country, covered with primeval forest, on the hills of the region about Grand Etang, and thence to the hills back of Gouyave, on the west coast. Its flesh is much esteemed by the negroes, who capture it by means of a deadfall constructed over the armadillo's runway among the thick under- growth. This consists of a small palisade of stakes for about a yard on each side of the trail, above which a number of heavy stones are suspended on a couple of logs placed lengthwise with the runway, and held by an ingenious series of levers and notched sticks, on the " figure 4" principle. This deadfall is sprung by the animal tripping a slender trigger in passing between the palisades of stakes. The traps are usually visited every other day, and one man may catch one or two tatous in this time from his six or eight traps. It is also sometimes hunted with dogs at the present day; and Mr. John Branch, of ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 201 Grenada, tells me that he has in this way captured five in a single night in the forest back of Victoria. Mr. Austin H. Clark tells me that several years previous to 1904 the armadillo was introduced from Grenada into Carriacou, but has not been met with there since. He suggests that this island may be too dry for its existence. CERVIDAE. Odocoileus. Gundlach (1866-7, p. 40) says that the deer is not native, but has been introduced into Cuba. It is not mentioned by Ramon de la Sagra (1840) in his work on Cuban mammals. LEPORIDAE. Oryctolagtts cuniculus (Linne). Lepus cuniculus Linne, Syst. Nat., 1758, ed. 10, 1, p. 58. The common hare has been introduced into Barbados, and into Balliceaux in the Grenadines. Mr. Austin H. Clark writes (in 1903) that on Barbados it is becoming rare, as the mongoose preys on the young; but it is still very common on Balliceaux. What is presumably the same animal was introduced long ago into Guadeloupe from Europe. Du Tertre says of it, in 1654, that it had then become very abundant, and made burrows to the depth of two or three feet, where the hard volcanic "tuf" was encountered through which it was unable to dig. He observes that the rats eat the young, and often kill the old ones as well, from which he predicts their eventual extermination. Feilden (1890) states that, according to Dr. Sinclair Browne, they were first brought to Barbados from England in 1842 by Thomas Trotman; and were bred in an enclosure on the Bulkeley estate, St. George's Parish. A heavy rainfall finally demolished part of the enclosure and allowed the hares to escape. They increased rapidly; and Dr. Browne recalled a man in St. Phillip's Parish who, about 1870, annually shot two or three hundred. By 1890, their numbers were much reduced, due, according to Feilden, in part to the posses- sion of firearms by the negroes, but chiefly to the mongoose. The European rabbit (Lepus europaeus) is said to have been in- 202 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. troduced into Barbados; but, although they increase rapidly at first, the mange soon attacks the old ones, and the rats kill the young before they are large enough to leave their burrows. AGOUTIDAE. Dasyprocta albida Gray. Dasyprocta albida Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1842, 10, p. 264. Dasyprocta cristata Auct. Since 1876 the agoutis of the Lesser Antilles have been tacitly referred to Dasyprocta cristata (Desmarest), following Alston, who, in his paper on the genus (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1876, p. 347-352) wrote that West Indian specimens seemed identical with others which Waterhouse had identified with Desmarest's species. Desmarest's name dates from 1816, when he published the description, without locality, in the Nouvelle Dictionnaire, 1, p. 213. Later, however, in his Mammalogie (1820) he states that the species was known from two specimens only that came from Surinam, and were living in captivity at the Paris Museum. Desmarest knew the West Indian species, which he considered the same as his D. acuti, found in Brazil, and Guiana. The name cristata is therefore referable to some one of the continental species of Dasyprocta. I have been able to examine skins and skulls of but five Antillean agoutis, — two from Sta. Lucia, and one from St. Vincent, in the collection of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, and a single one each from the islands of Montserrat and St. Kitts, kindly lent by the U. S. National Museum. I have also studied material from Trinidad in the collections of these Museums and of the American Museum of Natural History. From this small series it is difficult to draw very certain conclusions, but it seems evi- dent that the St. Vincent and Sta. Lucia specimens at least are readily distinguishable from those of Trinidad. These latter may be assumed as representing more or less closely the mainland animal, probably the same as that which Thomas has named D. rubatra. The final disposition of the name cristata remains still to be worked out. In 1842, J. E. Gray described and named as new an agouti from the island of St. Vincent. This was apparently an albinistic individ- ual, as shown by the brief diagnosis: "whitish gray, nearly uniform, the hair of the back elongated, white at the base .... Size of a guinea-pig, Cavia cobaya." Later writers have ignored this name, ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 203 or considered it synonymous with D. cristata. Apparently, however, the St. Vincent agouti is a valid race of the Trinidad species, and to it therefore Gray's name will apply. The specimen in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology is an adult female, procured in February, 1904, by Mr. Austin H. Clark. It seems to represent a smaller animal than that of Trinidad, with a hind foot of about 95 mm. instead of 109 or 110 as in the latter. The skull is markedly smaller, with a shorter and more sharply tapering rostrum, shorter nasals, and a shorter median frontal suture. The maxillary pit at the inner side of the antorbital foramen is smaller, and circular, instead of large and oval, as in the Trinidad animal. The lachrymal canal opens on the upper side of this pit. The skull measures as follows (in paren- theses are measurements of a Trinidad skull) : — greatest length, 94 (104); basal length, 69 (76); palatal length, 34 (42); median length of nasals, 31.4 (36.5); median length of frontal suture, 38 (44): zygo- matic width, 48 (48); upper diastema, 24.5 (29); upper cheek teeth (alveoli), 15.5 (17). The skin accompanying the St. Vincent skull seems redder than usual, but can be practically matched with Trinidad skins. Dasyprocta antillensis Sclater. Dasyprocta antillensis Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1874, p. 666, pi. 82. Two skulls of the agouti from Sta. Lucia seem to show that it is distinct from that of St. Vincent, or of Trinidad, although the skins do not appear to differ. In 1874, Sclater described two living agoutis received from Sta. Lucia by the Zoological Society of London. These he compares with D. punctata of Central America; and notes a specimen from St. Vincent in the British Museum, which he considers the same as his Sta. Lucia animals. He proposes to call the West Indian animal D. antillensis, and gives a plate of it. Since his description was evidently based on Sta. Lucia specimens, the name antillensis may stand for the agouti of this island. It is nearly the same in size as the Trinidad agouti, but with notably shorter nasals, which tend to be narrower, and to taper slightly at the distal end. The rostrum is noticeably shorter; and the incisive foramina are prolonged posteriorly to reach the maxillo-intermaxillary suture, instead of ending some 3 or 4 mm. anterior to it. The pit in the maxillary bone at the inner side of the antorbital fossa is smaller and more nearly circular. 204 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Among the material in the collection of the U. S. National Museum is a single skull (No. 14010) of an agouti from the island of Montserrat, collected by Fred Driver, and received May 20, 1902. It is that of a female, and the condition of the basi-occipital suture shows that it is not fully adult, though probably mature. This specimen is slightly smaller than the skull of D. albida of St. Vincent, and differs remark- ably in the narrowness of the zygomata and brain-case, narrow palate, and contracted opening of the posterior nares. The conformation of the palate is especially striking, for the posterior prolongations of the maxillaries are so reduced as to be almost absent along the pos- terior half of the alveolar border, instead of broadly tapering to the inner angle of the last molar, as in all the other specimens examined. The palatal bone therefore practically occupies the full width of the posterior half of the palate. The antorbital foramen is much reduced in vertical extent as compared with specimens from other islands ; and the maxillary pit is elliptical in outline, and smaller than in Trinidad skulls. The incisive foramina are long, and reach the maxillo-pre- maxillary suture. This skull measures as follows: — greatest length, 90; basal length, 67; palatal length, 33; length of nasals, 30.5; median length of frontal suture, 37; zygomatic breadth, 42; mastoid breadth, 32; diastema, 22; upper molar row (alveoli), 18; lower molar row (alveoli), 19; anterior width of palate between inner borders of alveoli, 7.6. The structure of the palate in this single specimen is so different from that of any other agouti I have examined that it may be merely an abnormality; so that, in view of this possibility, and the fact of its being not fully adult, it seems best to await additional specimens before naming it. A skull from the island of St. Kitts, also in the U. S. National Mu- seum, has very broad short nasals, but is evidently immature, and somewhat abnormal owing to a fracture of the premaxillary, and the loss of the upper right incisor. Probably a series of agoutis from the various islands of the Lesser Antilles would show that they had become slightly differentiated on all or most of them. Antillean Distribution of Dasyprocta. — The agouti must formerly have been rather generally distributed throughout most of the Lesser Antilles. De Rochefort, in 1658, included it among the five species of mammals listed as native to Tobago, and gives a crude picture of one sitting on its haunches, and eating leaves which it holds in its forepaws. It is still found on Grenada, where, however, it is confined to the small area of primeval forest yet remaining among the hills ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 205 of the interior. Here it has become excessively scarce of late years, due, as some think, to the mongoose killing the young. None of the native hunters with whom I spoke in Grenada seemed to think it possible to procure specimens. Mr. Austin H. Clark tells me that the agouti has been introduced into the southeastern end of Bequia, where, however, it has not thriven, possibly for lack of sufficient water. It is not found on the other Grenadines. On St. Vincent it still occurs, among the wooded highlands; and Mr. Clark obtained a specimen here in 1904, and writes that, although largely nocturnal, it may sometimes be seen in the daytime tearing to pieces rotten stumps and fallen trees, apparently for the insect larvae inhabiting them. Farther north, it is well known to occur on Sta. Lucia, whence the Museum possesses specimens taken some thirty years ago by Mr. John Semper. Probably it once lived in most or all of the larger islands to the northward; for Du Tertre, in 1654, includes it as a well known species among the French isles. He mentions no particular island as its habitat; but since his title is a "Histoire Generale des Isles de S. Christophe, de la Guadelovpe, de la Martinique," etc., it may be assumed that it was found on them. The eruptions of Mar- tinique may have contributed to exterminate it there. At all events I have not found it definitely recorded from that island. Labat, writing in 1742 (3, p. 23) of the Antilles, voices his belief that it is found in all the islands. He acknowledges that he did not find it on Martinique, for which perhaps the snakes may have been responsi- ble, but he knew it to be common on Guadeloupe, Dominica, and St. Kitts. Chapman (1897, p. 29) records a specimen taken in Dominica, where it was said to be still common in the interior of the island, There is a specimen in the collection of the U. S. National Museum from the island of Montserrat, received in 1902. In the catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology are recorded two skins of the agouti from St. Kitts (or St. Christopher) received in 1881 from F. Lagois, but they are not now to be found. A specimen from this island was lent to me, however, by the U. S. National Museum. The British MuseUm has specimens also from St. Thomas (Alston, P. Z. S., 1876, p. 348). The possibility of its having been introduced into these more northern islands is of course not to be overlooked, but there is no evidence of it. Du Tertre (1654) states that among the French Isles they are much hunted for their flesh, with dogs trained to run them. They usually seek shelter in a hollow tree, whence the hunters smoke them out. He says further that the female brings forth two young at a birth, in a nest made on the ground under a bush. The 206 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Caribbean Indians used the sharp incisor teeth of the agouti in their ceremonies, for cutting the skin all over their bodies to draw the blood. CASTOROIDIDAE. Amblyrhiza inundata Cope. Amblyrhiza inundata Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1868, p. 313. Loxomylus latidens et quadrans Cope, Ibid., 1870, p. 608; 1871, p. 102. In 1868 there was deposited at Philadelphia a cargo of cave earth, limestone fragments, and bone breccia, brought for commercial purposes from the island of Anguilla. A number of bone fragments were discovered by Cope in this shipment, and among them the re- mains of a large extinct rodent, which he named Amblyrhiza inundata. At the instance of Professor Cope, the colonial physician at St. Mar- tin's made further investigation of the Anguilla caves and sent back a quantity of fragments, including the femur of an Iguana, portions of the leg bone of a rodent the size of an agouti, and perhaps related to it, a fragment of an artiodactyle, "apparently a member of the Bovidae," as well as more portions of Amblyrhiza, including teeth, on which Cope promptly founded two species of a new genus — Loxomylus quadrans and L. latidens — but these are now considered synonymous with Amblyrhiza inundata. Very recently, J. W. Spencer (1910) has announced the discovery of Amblyrhiza remains in a cavern on the island of St. Martin's, and notes the further discovery in Cuba by Professor de la Torre, of "a large Pleistocene fauna of rodents, edentates and other verte- brates, as also excellent specimens of Jurassic fossils." Note. — Coendu pallidas Waterhouse. — The prehensile-tailed por- cupine is attributed to the "West Indies" by Waterhouse (Mammalia, 1848, 2, p. 435), on the basis of a skin so labeled in the British Museum. Probably this specimen came from Trinidad. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 207 OCTODONTIDAE. Capromys pilorides (Pallas). Mus pilorides Pallas, Nov. Spec. Quad. Glir. Ord., 1778, p. 91. Mr. F. M. Chapman in his revision of the genus notes specimens of this Cuban species from El Guama and San Diego de los Bafios in western Cuba, and from Trinidad in central southern Cuba. The- Museum of Comparative Zoology has specimens from Matanzas in northwestern Cuba, and one from Puerto Principe in east central Cuba. It appears to be commoner than C. prehensilis, and is known locally as 'Hutia congo.' Although the teeth of this species are said to be similar to those of C. prehensilis, this is rather understating the case; for in pilorides the outer enamel folds are much deeper than in the long-tailed species, a point that has apparently not hitherto been emphasized. Concerning Capromys elegans, described in 1901 by Latorre, there seems considerable likelihood that it is merely a partially albinistic and very brightly colored example of C. pilorides. It is based on a mounted skin in the Madrid Museum (labeled as from Cuba), and is briefly diagnosed as follows: "C. rufo-flavus, capite, cauda, pedi- busque castaneo-fuscis, macula faciali minima, flava; macula alia dorsali magna, lanceata, fusca, albo-limbata; pilis frontalibus erectis." The tail is described as partly naked, due apparently to abrasion of the hairs. The general dimensions of the skin are nearer those of a small C. pilorides, rather than of C. prehensilis or even melanurus, to which latter it is said to approximate in the shape of the head! The measurements given are: head and body, 485; tail, 200; hind foot without claw, 75. Until further evidence is forthcoming, it appears better not to recognize this as a distinct species. Capromys pilorides relictus, subsp. nov. Type.— Adult male, skin and skull, No. 10,996, M. C. Z., from Casas Mountains, Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines, Cuba; collected 10 March 1902, by Walter R. Zappey. General characters. — Externally similar to C. pilorides of Cuba, but smaller. Skull and teeth markedly smaller and more lightly built throughout; postpalatal fossa differently shaped; premaxil- laries extending back slightly beyond the nasals. 208 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Description. — General color a grizzled yellowish brown, paler on the belly and tail, where the yellowish prevails. Short hairs about the muzzle whitish, shading into pale russet between the nose and eyes. Crown, nape, and entire dorsal surface and sides of body, and the throat, a coarsely grizzled pale ochraceous and black, or Prout's brown. The black is most prominent on the shoulders, and gives place to Prout's brown on the sides and throat. The separate hairs are hair-brown at the base, then black for one half or more of their length, with a subterminal ring of ochraceous, succeeded usually by a very small black tip. On the sides of the body the hair-brown is much more extensive, nearly to the exclusion of the black. Numer- ous entirely black hairs occur among the particolored hairs of the back. Upper surfaces of the forearms and feet nearly clear Prout's brown. Ears scantily clothed with short buffy hairs. Long hairs about the base of the tail nearly clear ochraceous buff, giving place to the shorter buffy hairs of the terminal three fourths. Ventral sur- faces of the body and limbs nearly clear buffy, darkened by the hair- brown bases which everywhere show through. The vibrissae are numerous and long, the more dorsal ones black, the more ventral clear white. A second specimen, also from the Casas Mountains of Nueva Gerona, is quite similar in coloration, except that the hairs lack the ochraceous tint, and are instead buff in their paler portions, producing thus a much grayer effect. Neither specimen shows the rufous tint that is so prominent in some specimens from Cuba, nor are there traces of incipient albinism, such as are usually found in Cuban examples. These characters, however, are subject to such variation in the typi- cal race that it would be unsafe to assume that the Isle of Pines Cap- romys may not occasionally be rufescent or albinistic. Skull. — The skull of C. pilorides relictus differs more widely, it would seem, from that of C. pilorides pilorides, than does that of C. prehensilis gundlachi, of the Isle of Pines, from the Cuban prototype. It is about one sixth smaller, and proportionately lighter, with smaller and more slender teeth. The form of the postpalatal fossa is remark- ably different. In the Cuban -pilorides, its anterior outline is that of a broadly rounded arch, reaching about to the level of the middle of the posterior molar. In relictus this fossa is at first narrow and para- llel-sided, then becomes V-shaped, with the point at about the level of the anterior end of the last molar. In typical pilorides, the pos- terior border of the nasals reaches or exceeds that of the premaxillaries; whereas, in the two specimens of relicta, the nasals are slightly ex- ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 209 ceeded by the posterior prolongations of these bones. In all the skulls of the Cuban pilorides examined, the posterior dorsal border of the parietal has a conspicuous medial emargination ; whereas that of relic- tus is nearly straight across. Apparently, also, the slight postorbital processes of the frontal seen in the Cuban skulls are much less developed in the Isle of Pines race; so that the supraorbital margin is much more nearly straight. Other slight differences, such as the greater curvature of the ventral outline of the ramus, are less tangible, or due, perhaps, to individual variation. Measurements. — No external measurements of the Isle of Pines specimens were taken. The dry skins, which are carefully made, show the following dimensions in millimeters: — No. Total length. Tail. Hind foot. Ear 10,996 Type 10,997 773 690 238 230 92 89 25 25 The skull of the type. lacks the condylar region. Its dimensions follow; and for comparison the corresponding measurements of a Cuban C. pilorides, No. 7231, are added in parentheses: — greatest length, 94.5 (111); palatal length, 42 (53); diastema, 25 (32); zygo- matic breadth, 49 (52); interorbital constriction, 27 (29); nasals (median length), 25 (36.5); upper cheek teeth (alveoli), 20 (23); lower cheek teeth (alveoli), 20.5 (23); ramus from condyle to tip of incisors, 63.5 (76). Capromys prehensilis Poeppig. Capromys prehensilis Poeppig, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1824, ser. 1, 4, p. 11. Poeppig considered this species to be rarer than C. pilorides. He had specimens from the mountains of southern Cuba — Partido de las Piedras, Maeurizes, Masmariges. Mr. Chapman records speci- mens from western Cuba, at San Diego de los Bafios and Cabanas. No doubt this and the short-tailed hutia were once generally dis- tributed throughout the island. Its local names are " Hutia caraballi " or "Hutia mono." Capromys prehensilis gundlachi Chapman. Capromys prehensilis gundlachi Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1901, 14, p. 317, pi. 39, 2 figs., text-fig. 2. 210 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. This race is confined to the Isle of Pines, where it represents C. prehensilis. The fact that both the common species of Capromys (C. piloridcs and C. prehensilis) have representatives on the Isle of Pines, off the southwest coast of Cuba, is evidence of their former general distribution throughout at least the Cuban portion of Antillea. The fact of the differentiation of these Isle of Pines animals in numer- ous striking cranial characteristics further indicates a long period of isolation. Mr. Chapman's account of the variations exhibited by his series of six gundlachi and seven prehensilis may point to a less tendency to albinism in the Isle of Pines animals, as seemed also to be true of the new race of pilorides described above from that island. Capromys melanurus Poey. Capromys melanurus Poey, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 384. The type of this species came from Manzanillo in the southeast of Cuba, where it was locally called "Andaraz". Dobson (1884) in his account of its anatomy, states that his two specimens were from the mountains (Sierra Maestra) at the southern extremity of the island, eight miles north-northeast of Portillo. It is supposed to be at present confined to this eastern portion of Cuba, but no specimens seem to have been taken for many years. A comparison with skins of prehensilis, to which it seems closely related, is much to be desired. Dobson's figure, drawn from an alcoholic specimen, indicates a rather bushy-tailed animal. Mr. Chapman considers that Capromys poeyi of Guerin (1834) is a synonym of C. prehensilis Poeppig (1824), but it may well be that Guerin was describing the animal now known as C. melanurus of Poey (1864). Guerin specially notes the tail as entirely covered with long rusty hairs and lacking the naked space below. Poey also indicates a supposed smaller species, with yellow unringed hair, and in a footnote the name C. pallidus is applied to it by Peters (Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 384 and footnote). Capromys (Geocapromys) thoracatus True. Capromys thoracatus True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 11, p. 469. This was described from two specimens obtained on Little Swan Island, where the animal is said still to occur, and is called "Hutia". The discovery of the genus on this small island is of extraordinary ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 211 interest as tending to confirm the theory of a former land connection from the peninsula of Honduras to Jamaica. Capromys (Geocapromys) brownii Fischer. Capromys brownii Fischer, Synopsis Mamm., Addenda, 1830, p. 389 ( = 589), This dark-colored short-tailed Capromys is probably still to be found in the wooded parts of Jamaica. In addition to a mounted specimen, the Museum has a skin and skull collected in Jamaica in July, 1905, by Capt. Wirt Robinson. Capromys (Geocapromys) ingrahami Allen. Capromys ingrahami Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1891, 3, p. 329, fig. 1-10. The discovery of this animal on one of the Plana Keys, situated between Acklin's and Maraguana Islands, of the Bahama group, was made only twenty years since. As noted by Allen (1891) it was common and easily obtained on this small islet of only four or five miles in length and about half a mile wide. No trace of Capromys was found on the neighboring islands; and there is no evidence that it has been on them within historic times. Columbus, in his journal, distinctly states that no wild quadrupeds were met with in the Bahama Islands among which he first landed (viz., Watling's Island, Rum Cay, Long Island, and Exuma). Not until he reached Cuba did Columbus find the hutia. Catesby's reference to the Bahama Coney in his Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands, (1743) throws no light on the subject. His figure seems to represent the common C. piloridcs of Cuba. Of early references to these mammals, those of Oviedo have been very often quoted, but always with much uncertainty as to what animals were really meant. A valuable transcription, with commentary, has been given by MacLeay (1829), who was familiar with Capromys in Cuba. Gonzalo Hernandes de Oviedo y Valdes published in 1535 his " Historia general de las Indias," and a second edition appeared in 1547. Oviedo seems to have lived in the present island of San Domingo and Haiti, and his notes on mammals appertain to that island. He admits, however, that he had his information concerning them at second hand. He mentions the following four native species, as well as a kind of dog. The Hutia 212 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. was of a gray mixed color, somewhat less than a rabbit, with rat-like ears and tail. It was considered excellent food, and already was becoming scarce but fifty years after the discovery by Columbus. This animal is supposed to have been one of the long-tailed Capromys. Possibly it was Plagiodontia, described and figured nearly three hun- dred years later by F. Cuvier, though MacLeay thought it might be similar to the Cuban C. prchensilis. The Quemi was likewise found in San Domingo; but Oviedo considered it even then extinct. Ac- cording to many persons who had seen it, it was as large as a small hound or beagle, gray like the hutia, and of the same form and pro- portions. MacLeay considers this some form of Capromys related to the Cuban C. pilorides. A third form, called Cori, appears to have had a very short tail ; and is unhesitatingly referred to the Guinea-pig by MacLeay. It is more likely, however, that this was one of the short-tailed Capromys, standing thus midway between that of Jamaica and that of the Plana Keys, Bahamas. The fourth animal is the Mohuy, the size of a hutia, but clearer gray, and with stiffer hair. Possibly this may have been the Plagiodontia, although at this late date, it seems impossible to determine its identity with any assurance. Capromys columbianus Chapman. Capromys columbianus Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1892, 4, p 314, text-figs. 3, 4. The fragment on which this species is based was found in a sub- fossil condition in a cave near Trinidad, Cuba. Imbedded in the walls of the cave were found molluscan shells said to be identical with those of existing species, a fact that indicates a recent age for this animal. The portion of the skull discovered shows a palate so strongly contracted at its anterior end that the alveoli of opposite sides are brought nearly into contact. So striking is this difference in the width of the palate that it seems doubtful if the animal described should be considered congeneric with Capromys. Plagiodontia aedium F. Cuvier. Plagiodontia aedium F. Cuvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 1836, ser. 2, 6, p. 347, pi. 17. Of this interesting animal, nothing further seems to have been discovered since it was first described nearly seventy-five years ago, from San Domingo. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 213 Loncheres armatus (I. Geoffroy). Nelomys armatus I. Geoffrey, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 1838, ser. 2, 10, p. 125. The occurrence of a spiny rat in the island of Martinique seems first to have been made known by Dr. F. W. True, who, in 1885, published a note on a specimen procured there by F. A. Ober, and received in 1878, with other collections, by the U. S. National Museum. Apparently no direct comparisons with other species were made; but from the published descriptions, Dr. True was "inclined to be- lieve that the specimen should be classed with L. armatus." Dr. True at that time believed the species to have been recently introduced into the island, and considered it not unlikely that many small rodents were from time to time brought over by sailing vessels from the South American continent to these islands. On the other hand, Mr. Austin H. Clark, who collected for some weeks on Martinique in 1904, states that the natives of the island assured him that a spiny rat was to be found there, though he ob- tained none. This bit of evidence may indicate that the species is really indigenous, and still survives in this one of the Lesser Antillean Islands. MURIDAE. Oryzomys antillarum Thomas. Oryzomys antillarum Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898, ser. 7, 1, p. 177. This Jamaican species is based on a single specimen in the British Museum, collected by P. H. Gosse some time prior to 1850. Two skins in the collection of the U. S. National Museum are also noted by Thomas as mentioned by Coues (Coues and Allen, Monographs of North American Rodentia, 1877, p. 116, footnote). These two were collected about 1877, five years .after the introduction of the mongoose. Since this date no specimens seem to have been taken, and it is perhaps nearly, if not quite, extinct. No trace of this genus has ever been found on the other Greater Antilles, although Dobson (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1884, p. 234, footnote) gives " Hesperomys palustris" as a species of Cuba, or of Jamaica, or both, believing it to have been introduced from the United States. Probably this 214 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. reference really applies to the native Jamaican rice-field mouse. Undoubtedly, the introduction of the Old World rats and mice must have contributed in great measure to reduce the numbers of any indigenous species in these islands, and the addition of the mongoose would seem to leave little hope of their escape from utter annihilation. According to Thomas, the Jamaican Oryzomys is closely related to Oryzornys coucsi of Central America, whose range extends northward to Honduras, Guatemala, and Chiapas in southern Mexico. Oryzomys victus Thomas. Oryzomys victus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898, ser. 7, 1,. p. 178. St. Vincent is the only island of the Lesser Antilles from which this genus is now known. The single specimen on which the species is based was collected for the British Museum about 1892, by H. H. Smith, who marked it "forest rat." Its relationship is evidently with South American rather than Central American species, and it is compared with the continental 0. Io7igicaudatus. It is probably approaching extinction, if it is not already extinct. A thorough search on the other Lesser Antilles might reveal the presence of the genus; but Chapman, in several days' trapping in Dominica, failed to find it, nor did we get it in the Grenada forests. The introduced rats, which are everywhere common on the islands, would hardly fail to drive it out, wherever the two come into competition. Megalomys desmarestii (Fischer). Mus dcsviarestii Fischer, Synopsis Mammalium, 1829, p. 316. The so called "Muskrat of the Antilles" probably once occurred throughout all or most of the Windward Islands. De Rochefort, in 1658, includes it as one of the five native mammals of Tobago. On Santa Lucia it was also found, and on Martinique. Du Tertre, how- ever, writing in 1654, mentions it from Martinique only, of the French islands. Here they were commonly eaten by the people, who, after singeing the hair, exposed them to the air over night, and then boiled them, throwing off the first water in order to get rid of the strong musky odor. In the Paris Museum are said to be six specimens of this genus, including the type of the present species, collected by D. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 215 Plee in Martinique. Major (1901) notes that a specimen from the same place, collected also by Plee, is in the Leyden Museum. No recent examples appear to have been collected, and it is not unlikely that it has been entirely exterminated by the rats and human enemies. Megalomys luciae (Major). Oryzomys luciae Major, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1901, ser. 7, 7, p. 206. The Santa Lucia muskrat has been recently described as a peculiar island form. It differs conspicuously from that of Martinique in having the belly wholly brown instead of white. The type is a speci- men in the British Museum, taken some sixty years ago. Megalomys "majori" Trouessart. Megalomys majori Trouessart, Catalogus Mammalium, fasc. 2, Rodentia, 1904, p. 415 (nomen nudum). In his description of the Santa Lucia muskrat, Forsyth Major (1901, p. 206) briefly refers to a fragment of this rat, consisting of the lower teeth, found in a fossil state in a small ossiferous breccia in the island of Barbuda. This he considers to represent an extinct species but does not discuss it further. Trouessart, in the last issue of his 'Catalogus Mammalium,' proposes the name majori for this animal, but gives no description, and erroneously quotes the locality as Bar- bados. The name is therefore a nomen nudum, and the characters of the supposed species are still unknown. Mus muscultjs Linne. Mus musculus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, 1, p. 62. The house mouse, although generally distributed among the Antilles, appears to be less abundant than the rats. Chapman did not obtain it among the mammals trapped on Dominica. Du Tertre (writing in 1654) notes its introduction into the French islands, but says that it was not very common, and it apparently increased far less rapidly than the black rat. The Museum has specimens from Grenada, St. Kitts, and Haiti. Feilden (1890) testifies to its abundance on Barbados, and notices that the specimens taken there seem redder than usual. 216 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Epimys rattus (Linne). Mus rattus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 175S, 1, p. 61. Epimys rattus alexandrinus (Geoffroy). Mus alexandrinus Geoffroy, Descript. de l'Egypte, Mamra., 1818, p. 733. These rats were very early introduced into the West India islands, and have become generally distributed among them. Apparently they increased enormously at first, and became a serious menace to the growing of certain crops, as the sugar cane. It was with the hope of exterminating them that the mongoose was first brought to Jamaica. Already, in 1654, Du Tertre makes mention of the great abundance and voracity of the rats among the French islands. He says that they destroy all sorts of fruits and green plants, especially sugar-cane. Hughes (1750) says that in Barbados they "are so very numerous, and so very destructive to Sugar-canes, that the yearly Loss to the Inhabitants of the Parishes of St. Joseph's and St. Andrew's alone, is computed to be no less than Two or Three Thousand Pounds." At the present time, although still abundant on the islands, they appear, on some at least, to have reached a sort of adjustment as one of the faunal elements, and are not so noticeably destructive. This, at all events, appears to be the case in Grenada, where they are everywhere found, even in the primeval forest about Grand Etang, in the interior of the island. No reports of damage from rats were brought to notice, and no signs of destruction to the cocoa or fruits were seen. It may well be that the mongoose serves to check their increase, though it can hardly exterminate them. In Grenada we once started a rat from a heap of dried leaves in a cocoa orchard, It at once ran up a tree, and passing from limb to limb, quickly evaded our pursuit. A few specimens of M. alexandrinus were taken in San Domingo by A. H. Verrill in 1906. In Cuba, Gundlach (1866-7, p. 55) thought it less common than the black rat, and speaks of its making round nests in trees. Browne, in his History of Jamaica (1789, p. 484) speaks of the "cane rat" as so destructive in the sugar fields that it often destroys one fourth or more of the crop. He adds, " There are great numbers of them in every plantation, though they take great pains to get rid of them; for the watchmen have seldom anything else to do ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 217 but set traps for them, which they do with infinite art and ease. Numbers of the negroes roast these animals in the stoke-holes, and eat them; and I have been informed by men of character, who have tasted of them, that they are very delicate meat." Epimys norvegicus (Erxleben). Mus norvegicus Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim., 1777, 1, p. 381. The brown rat seems to be less common in some at least of the islands than the black and the roof rats. Chapman (1897, p. 30) records the capture of two specimens in Dominica. Gundlach (1866-7, p. 55) a half century ago considered this more abundant and destructive than the black or the roof rat in Cuba. He writes that it lives more in holes in the ground ; and not only kills the domestic fowls, but gnaws the sugar canes to such an extent as to effect serious damage. Fielden (1890) says this is an abundant species in Barbados, where he had found no other. VIVERRIDAE. Mungos birmanicus (Thomas). Herpestes auropunctatus birmanicus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1886, ser. 5, 17, p. 84. In 1872, W. Bancroft Espeut imported four pairs of mongoose from Calcutta to Jamaica, for the purpose of destroying the rats that caused so great a destruction of sugar-cane. These four pairs in- creased so rapidly, and attacked the rats with such ardor, that ten years later it was estimated that they effected an annual saving to the colony of 100,000 pounds sterling. Shortly after, however, they had so reduced the rats that they fell upon the native ground animals, and nearly annihilated certain toads, lizards, birds, and mammals. Even young pigs, lambs, kittens, and newly dropped calves were said to have been killed by them; and their diet included also various fruits and even sugar-cane. In consequence of the destruction of the toads and lizards, it is said (Howard, Science, new ser., 1897, 6, p. 384), the ticks became so abundant and so infested the mongoose that its numbers soon lessened greatly. Duerden, however (Journ. 218 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Jamaica Inst., 1897, 2, p. 471), doubts the supposed destruction by ticks, and probably with reason. The diminution was more likely due to other causes, by which a gradual adjustment of the newly added faunal element was taking place. Three specimens of mongoose, taken on the island of Grenada in 1910, are all in worn pelage. One appears to be in process of molting, and has shed the long hairs along the middorsal line of the rump and base of the tail. A comparison of these specimens with a series of Indian M. grisaus, to which the mongooses of the West Indies have hitherto been tacitly referred, shows at once that they are smaller, and differently colored. On further study, they prove to be un- questionably M. birmanicus of eastern India (Burmah, Assam), and exactly agree in external appearance with a skin of that species from "East India" in the collection of the Museum. The long hairs of the back are usually five-banded; the basal ring is dark, the succeed- ing one whitish, the next black, then one of buff-yellow, with finally a black tip. These hairs cover the entire dorsal surfaces, giving a general yellowish brown grizzled appearance. Ventrally, the hairs are without the black tips, and the buff-yellow ring is so prominent as to impart its color to the throat, anal region, and ventral part of the base and sides of the tail proximally. The tarsus is naked along a line that narrows to the heel. The skull is decidedly smaller than that of M. griscus. The external measurements of two adults from Grenada are as follows, the first dimension in each case being that of a male, the second that of a female: total length, 666 mm., 561; tail, 265, 255; hind-foot, 60, 60; ear from meatus, 21, 23. The skulls of the same individuals me'asure respectively: greatest length, 68, 64; basal length, 65, 60; palatal length, 38, 35; zygomatic breadth, 35, 32; postorbital constriction, 11, 11; length of upper cheek teeth, anterior base of canine to back of molar 2 , 25.5, 24; length of premolar 4 from posterior end to tip of inner lobe, 8, 7; transverse width of upper molar 2 , 3.6, 3.5; lower cheek teeth, 28.8, 27.5; lower mandible from condyle to tip of incisors, 41, 42.6. In addition to the specimens from Grenada, the Museum has a skin and skull of the same species taken in April, 1909, by Dr. Thomas Barbour at Port Antonio, Jamaica. Browne, in his History of Jamaica, speaks of what seem to have been at least two species of mongoose that had been brought captive to Jamaica from Africa, but these were apparently never loosed. In the seventies, mongooses were brought from Jamaica to Grenada, as I am told by Mr. Septimus Wells of that island, who remembers ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 219 seeing the first crate of them brought to St. George's. On Grenada they are now common, not only about the houses and plantations, but even in the forests on the hill-tops of the interior. Mr. John Branch tells me that they seem now to be less common than they were a few years ago, so that on his estate at Point Saline, at the south end of the island, the ground lizards (Ameiva) that were nearly exter- minated by the mongoose are now reappearing in small numbers. Possibly some sort of adjustment is going on, so that the mongoose is finding its place as part of the fauna in relation to the other animals. Nevertheless in Grenada the mongoose has evidently much reduced the ground lizards, but the damage done to the native birds is less evident. Apparently the mountain ground dove (Geotrygon) has suffered somewhat; and of the pea dove (Engyptila wellsi) I could find no trace during my stay in 1910. The agouti also seems to be nearly extinct in Grenada, due, it is supposed, to the killing of the young by this rapacious beast. Neither Mr. Clark nor I learned of the mongoose being in the Grenadines. Mr. Austin H. Clark, who has kindly supplied some notes made by him during a stay in the Windward Islands in 1903, says that the mongoose is abundant on Barbados and St. Vincent, and is present also on Sta. Lucia. It is not uncommon to see as many as six in a morning's walk on Barbados or St. Vincent. On Barbados it is a great menace to the raising of domestic fowls, turkeys, and ducks; for the young birds fall an easy prey. The de- crease in the number of feral hares is attributed to the destruction of their young by this animal, as is also the diminution of the ground dove. According to Feilden (1890), the mongoose was introduced in Barbados a few years prior to 1890, to stop the damage done by rats. It seems effectively to have decreased these pests, so that it was uncommon to see much harm to the cane fields. On St. Vincent, the mountain ground dove (Geotrygon) has disappeared, and the common ground dove (Columbigallina) and the ani (Crotophaga) have been reduced in numbers, supposedly by the ravages of this animal. Because of the destruction of the ground lizards on St. Vincent, the mole crickets are said to have increased to such an extent as to be a pest to the agriculturist. Among the Greater Antilles, the mongoose is now in Jamaica, Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico. From San Domingo I have examined a skin with part of the skull, taken April 26, 1895, at San Domingo City, and kindly loaned me for examination by the Field Museum of Natural History. This is the specimen previously recorded by Dr. 220 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Elliot as the large Indian mongoose (Mungos mungo) ; but its skull and external measurements are identical with those of M. birmanicus, although the coloration is a somewhat lighter gray. I have little hesitation in considering it an unusually pallid specimen of the latter species. The only Porto Rican specimen I have seen is one taken in 1S99 by A. B. Baker, and now in the collection of the U. S. National Mu- seum. This specimen had rightly been identified as M . birmanicus. According to Palmer (1899, p. 95) the mongoose was introduced at San Juan, Porto Rico, about 1877-79, and is now generally dis- tributed in that island. It is said to have acted very effectively in reducing the number of rats there. Palmer further states that the mongoose is present in .the small island of Vieques, just east of Porto Rico, and is abundant on St. Thomas. "Numbers" had also been sent to Cuba and St. Croix. Apparently they have not yet spread throughout Cuba, but are now common in certain parts of the western end of the island. Mr. Walter R. Zappey tells me that when he visited Cuba in 1906 the mongoose was so common about the Toledo planta- tion, near Havana, that it was nearly impossible to raise poultry. It has been suggested that more than one species may have been introduced into the West Indies, but all that I have seen are the Burmese mongoose. It is common now in at least four of the southern Lesser Antilles, and in the seven islands above named, in the northern part of the West Indian group. PROCYONIDAE. Procyon maynardi Bangs. Procyon maynardi Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 1898, 12, p. 92. * This raccoon, so far as known, is confined to the island of New Providence, Bahamas. In his list of mammals of the Bahamas, Mr. G. S. Miller Jr. (1905) has given excellent illustrations of the skull of this small species. According to its describer, no tradition of its having been introduced from elsewhere was discovered; but Miller notes that J. H. Riley, who collected at New Providence in 1903, heard unsatisfactory reports of its having long ago been brought thither. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 221 Procyon minor Miller. Procyon minor Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 1911, 24, p. 4. This newly described raccoon is known from a single young male which was received by the U. S. National Museum from the l'Hermi- nier Museum. It was collected at Pointe-a-Pitre, Guadeloupe Island. It seems to be a small, or dwarfed, species somewhat resembling the Bahama raccoon. It can be at present a matter of conjecture only whether or not this animal reached Guadeloupe by natural means. Possibly it was intro- duced by the French in the early days. Procyon ? cancrivorus (G. Cuvier). For many years a raccoon has existed on the island of Barbados, but there is no record of specimens being compared with the mainland forms. Hughes, writing in 1750, speaks of a bounty being offered for their destruction; and Schomburgk, in 1848, considered them at that time 'scarce.' Feilden (1890) believed this animal to be P. can- crivorus, and stated that it was still to be found in considerable numbers in the rocky parts of the island. He thought its presence probably accidental, and indeed it is not impossible that it may have been introduced by man, or even have found its way on floating tree- trunks to the windward shores of the island. SOLENODONTIDAE. Solenodon paradoxus Brandt. Solenodon paradoxus Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, 1833, ser. 6, 2, p. 459, pis. 1, 2. Since the publication of my paper on this species in 1910, addi- tional specimens have been received from San Domingo by the American Museum of Natural History and the United States National Museum. These were part of a shipment of five living animals sent to the zoological gardens at New York and Washington. 222 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Solenodon cubanus Peters. Solenodon cubanus Peters, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, (1861), 1862, p. 169. Practically nothing has been added to our knowledge of this species since the account published by Peters in 1861, and the subsequent description of its anatomy by Dobson. Gundlach records it from the Sierra Maestra and Bayamo (south- eastern Cuba), and the country between Cienfuegos and Trinidad (south-central Cuba). Poey (1851) goes at some length into the accounts of the early historians of Cuba to show that this animah which he names the 'Almiqui' was unknown to the discoverers. Gundlach (1866-7, p. 44) believes, however, that Pichardo (' Diccionario de voces Cu- banos') is probably correct in identifying the Ay re of Oviedo with the Solenodon. EMBALLONURIDAE. Peropteryx canina phaea, subsp. nov. Type.— Adult female, skin and skull, No. 8101, M. C. Z.; collected at Point Saline, Grenada, 29 Aug. 1910, by G. M. Allen. General characters. — Intermediate in external dimensions between P. trinitatis and P. canina; skull as large as in the latter; fur in the brown phase lacks the reddish cast seen in canina. Description. — The type resembles specimens of P. canina in its general appearance, except that the fur above and below is nearly unicolor, of a dark Prout's brown, quite without the reddish cast characteristic of the continental species. The color difference is practically the same as that between P. kappleri and the brighter P. canina. The fur is long and light with an erect bang on the fore- head. The membranes are blackish. Measurements. — The dimensions of the type in the flesh are : length, 63 mm.; tail, 17; foot, 8.5; ear, 14; tibia, 18; forearm, 42. The skull measures : greatest length, 14.3; basal length, 10.5; palatal length, 4; interorbital constriction, 2.5; zygomatic breadth, 8; mastoid breadth, 7.1; mandible, 9; maxillary tooth row (exclusive of incisors), 5.4; mandibular tooth row (exclusive of incisors), 5.9. Remarks. — The Peropteryx from Grenada is very closely related to those of Trinidad and the mainland adjacent. Mr. G. S. Miller Jr. ALLEN : MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 223 (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1899, 12, p. 178) has characterized the former as P. trinitatis, a smaller animal than P. canina, with a forearm averaging 40 mm. (39-41) instead of 45, as in P. canina. Robinson and Lyon give forearm measurements of P. canina from La Guaira, Venezuela, ranging from 41 to 45 mm.; average of eleven specimens, 42. These Venezuela specimens are therefore rather smaller than typical specimens from eastern Brazil, the forearm of which is given bv Gervais as 45 mm. The sixteen adults obtained bv us in Grenada show extremes of 41-44.5 mm. in forearm measurements, with an average of 42.5. They are therefore to be distinguished from those of northern South America by the color alone, a character which is, however, rather striking. From the Peropteryx of Trinidad they are differentiated by the forearm measurement, but the color of this species is unknown except from alcoholic specimens. Although the Grenada Peropteryx differs but slightly from its nearest representa- tives to the south, it seems nevertheless advisable to emphasize these differences by giving a subspecific name, since a somewhat similar trend of variation is found in the races of Artibcus planirostris inhabit- ing the same areas. An interesting point, apparently not yet recorded for the continental Peropteryx, is the occurrence of a dark color phase in the Grenada race. Thus among the adults taken, are a few colored entirely of a sooty brown, somewhat darker than Ridgway's clove-brown. We found these bats in but one spot, a rather open cave on the sea- cliffs at Point Saline, the extreme southern end of the island. Thev clung by both hind feet to the rough surfaces of the rock, usually in well-shaded, overhanging places; but, on being disturbed, would flit farther into the darker recesses of the cave. Others, however, flew about under a tree near the mouth of the cave, but eventually took shelter in adjoining fissures. Their characteristic sprawling position when they first alight, with forearms spread out holding the body against the wall, is noted by Robinson and Lyon. When alarmed, they make a sharp, twittering noise, not very loud. NOCTILIONIDAE. Noctilio leporinus (Linne). Vespertilio leporinus Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 175S, 1, p. 32. Vcspertilio mastivus Dahl, Skrift. Naturhist. Selsk. Kjobenhavn, 1797, 4, pt. 1, p. 132, pi. 7. 224 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. The fish-eating bat seems to be generally distributed among the Antilles. Indeed, its habit of feeding on small fish would naturally lead it over the water, so that its occurrence on most of the islands would not be remarkable. Dobson records specimens from Jamaica (Mt. Edgecombe), St. Thomas, and Grenada; Tomes mentions one example from Long Hill, Jamaica; Elliot has noted it from Mona and Dr. J. A. Allen (1890) from Antigua. Dahl in 1797, described it from St. Croix as V. mastivus, but the status of this supposed form is still in doubt. Gundlach (1866-7, p. 51) considers it a rare species in Cuba, where it is sometimes seen flying about over the lagoons. He says it is also found in Guadeloupe. The Museum has specimens from Grenada, Sta. Lucia, and St. Vincent, the last collected by Mr. Austin H. Clark in 1903. Mr. Clark tells me that this bat usually resorts by day, to deep narrow clefts in the rocks, rather than to more open caves, and that its presence in such places may often be detected by its peculiar musky odor. P. H. Gosse (1847) has given an account of the habits of this bat in Jamaica, where he found a colony spending the daytime in the interior of a large hollow tree. PHYLLOSTOMIDAE. Chilonycteris macleayii Gray. Chilonycteris macleayii Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1839, 4, p. 5. Mr. Rehn, in his review of this genus (1904), notes that this bat seems to be found throughout Cuba. It rests hanging in clusters in caves, and often frequents houses as well. In a series of over fifty Cuban skins, collected by Mr. W. Palmer, Mr. Miller has noted a very interesting dimorphism. Apparently a larger and a smaller form occur together, independent of age or sex. Chilonycteris macleayii fuliginosa Gray. Chilonycteris fuliginosa Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 20. This subspecies is confined to the island of San Domingo, and, according to Rehn, is the smallest of the genus. Chilonycteris macleayii inflata Rehn. Chilonycteris macleayii inflata Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1904, p. 190. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 225 On the island of Porto Rico, to which this species is confined, "the phyla represented by M. fvliginosa and M. inflata reaches its extreme type in the latter race, the most apparent diagnostic char- acter of which is the inflated rostrum." There is apparently no appreciable difference in size. Chilonycteris macleayii grisea Gosse. Ckilonycteris grisea Gosse, Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica, 1851, p. 326, pi. 6, fig. 1. In addition to its larger size, the Jamaican representative of the macleayii group differs so markedly in other slight peculiarities that, according to Rehn, no general comparison with the other races is needed. He notes specimens from Phoenix Park (the type locality), Oxford Cave, Kingston, and Lucea. Chilonycteris parnellii (Gray). PhyUodia parnellii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 50. According to Rehn, the only definite records for this Jamaican bat are: — Sportsman's Hall, Oxford Cave, and Lucea. Osburn (1865, p. 68) gives an account of its habits in captivity. Chilonycteris parnellii boothi Gundlach. Chilonycteris boothi Gundlach, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1861, p. 154. This is the Cuban representative of the Jamaican C. parnellii but differs " in the disposition of the lower premolars, the more depressed rostrum, and the more robust form" (Rehn, 1904, p. 197). The lower second premolar is not so crowded as in parnellii, and is visible from either labial or lingual aspect of the jaw. Miller (1904) records specimens obtained from a cave near Baracoa, Cuba. Chilonycteris parnellii portoricensis Miller. Chilonycteris portoricensis Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1902, p. 400. The Porto Rico Chilonycteris differs from that of Cuba, chiefly in its smaller ears. As shown by Miller, the second lower premolar is 226 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. separated from the first and the third by a distinct space, whereas in the Jamaican species the first and third lower premolars are in contact, and the second is forced quite out of the tooth row. The type locality is near Pueblo Viejo, Bayamon district, Porto Rico. Pteronotus davyi Gray. Pteronotus davyi Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot., 1838, 2, p. 500. So far as present knowledge goes, this species, though common in Brazil, Venezuela, and Trinidad, is unknown in the West Indies except in the island of Dominica, whence it has been recorded by several writers (Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1892, ser. 6, 10, p. 410; Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 1902, 15, p. 155; Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 254). There is also a specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology from Dominica, taken in 1906, by Mr. A. H. Verrill. Mormoops blainvillii Leach. Mormoops blainvillii Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 1820, 13, p. 77, pi. 7. The type locality of this bat is Jamaica, to which it seems confined. Mr. Rehn (1902a), in his review of the genus, mentions specimens from Moneague, St. Ann, and Kingston. Tomes (1861, p. 65) records it from Freeman's Hall and Sportsman's Cave. On the continent, this genus is represented throughout Mexico and Central America by a single, somewhat larger, and quite different species (M. megalophyUa). If the insular races are to be derived from continental stock by wav of Yucatan and Central America, it is evident that much differentiation has taken place since the continuity of the land areas. On the island Curacao, off the coast of northern South America, is a form so slightly differentiated from M. megalophyUa that it is considered by Rehn to be merely a subspecies. The Antil- lean representatives, however, more nearly resemble each other than they do their continental relatives, indicating perhaps that these islands have been connected at a period later than their separation from the mainland. Mormoops blainvillii cinnamomea (Gundlach). L[obostoma] cinnamomeum Gundlach, Arch. f. Naturg., 1840, 6, pt. 1, p. 357. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 227 The relationships of this bat are evidently with the Jamaican Mormoops, of which Rehn considers it a subspecies. Miller, however, (1904, p. 343) "can see no necessity ... for applying to this well marked form a trinomial name"; but I have here followed Rehn in order to emphasize this relationship. The chief point of distinction is that the first upper premolar of cinnamomea attains its greatest thickness posteriorly, giving the tooth a subconoid, instead of a rhomboid, outline. The type locality is Casetal St. Antonio el Fundador, Cuba; but specimens apparently indistinguishable are recorded by Rehn from San Domingo (Aquacate), and Mona Island, between San Domingo and Porto Rico. Otopterus waterhousii (Gray). Macrotus waterhousii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 21, The typical subspecies is confined to the island of San Domingo and Haiti. The type was from the latter country; and additional specimens are recorded from San Domingo City by Elliot (1896, p. 82) and from Cafia Honda by J. A. Allen (1908a, p. 581). Otopterus waterhousii jamaicensis (Rehn). Macrotus waterhousii jamaicensis Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1904, p. 433. The Jamaican Otopterus has been separated from those of the neighboring islands on the basis of smaller size combined with slight cranial differences. It is said to be one of the commonest of the bats on the island. Specimens are recorded from Spanishtown and Kings- ton; the Museum contains two specimens from Port Antonio, collected in 1909 bv Dr. Thomas Barbour. Otopterus waterhousii minor (Gundlach). Macrotus minor Gundlach, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 382. This Cuban representative of waterhousii is said to be readily characterized by its small size and deeper coloration, though it closely approaches the Jamaican race. The type came from western Cuba. 228 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Rehn (1904a) in his revision of the genus, has likewise referred to the Cuban subspecies three specimens in the National Museum collection from the mountainside near Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines. Miller (1904) records specimens taken in Cuba by William Palmer at Guana- jay and El Cob re, in the first instance from a cave, in the second from a copper mine. The predilection of this bat for underground caverns is well known. Gundlach believed that those in the eastern part of Cuba were larger than those from the western portion of the island. Otopterus waterhousii compressus (Rehn). Macrotus waterhousii compressus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1904, p. 434. The form of Otopterus occurring in the Bahama Islands has been recognized as a subspecies on the ground of its narrow rostrum and elongate-elliptical first lower premolar. The type specimen is from Eleuthera Island, whence the National Museum possesses six examples as well as one from Long Island, to the south. Mr. Rehn has also examined a specimen from Andros Island, which is probably one of three recorded by Dr. J. A. Allen (1890, p. 170) as taken there by Dr. J. I. Northrop. At Nassau, New Providence, a considerable colony inhabited the dungeon of old Fort Charlotte, but hitherto the species has not been noted from the northern islands of the group (Abacos and Great Bahama). LONCHORHINA AURITA Tomes. Lonchorhina aurita Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 83. The specimen on which Tomes based this species was found by him in a jar containing several species of West Indian bats, including Mormoops blainviUii and Ptcronotus davyi, but unfortunately without indication of locality. Seventeen years later a second example was reported from ' New Grenada,' in the collection of the British Museum (Dobson, Rept. Brit. Assoc, 1880, p. 196; p. 28 of separate). A third specimen was recently found by Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (No. 1770). This is an adult male, and was captured in Nassau Harbor, New Providence, Bahamas (Miller, 1905, p. 382), and thus confirms, in part, the supposed West Indian habitat of the species. No further specimens are known. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 229 •Vampyrus spectrum (Linne). Vespertilio spectrum Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, 1, p. 31. Dobson (1878, p. 471) records a skin and skull of this large species from Jamaica. They were obtained there by J. S. Redman, and are preserved in the British Museum. I am not aware of other records. This bat, like Sturnira and Hemiderma, probably reached Jamaica by a former land connection with Honduras, but did not range far enough to the north to reach Cuba by way of Yucatan. Glossophaga longirostris Miller. Glossophaga longirostris Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1898, p. 330. At St. George's, Grenada, we obtained eight specimens of both sexes, from holes, in the old fort on Richmond Hill. One of these was immature, though nearly full grown; the rest were adults. Five more adults were taken at Grand Etang (1800 feet), Grenada. These five were found hanging to the ridge pole in a room of a disused stable, whence they obtained egress by means of a partially opened window. These bats were extremely alert throughout the day, and on the slightest alarm would dart through the window and flit oft' into the forest close by. It was only through great caution in approaching the window and closing it quickly that we were able to capture them, after several unsuccessful attempts. The specimens represent both the dark (nearly Broccoli brown) and the brighter (Mars brown to russet) phases, irrespective of sex. The type of this species, which is in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, is from the Santa Marta Mountains, Colom- bia, where also a large series was obtained for the American Museum of Natural History, from Bonda and Taguaga, in " a cave on the sea- shore" (J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1900, 13, p. 89). Lieutenant Wirt Robinson likewise found it abundant at La Guaira, Macuto, San Julian, and Pena de Mora, all in Venezuela. Our speci- mens extend its known range into the Lesser Antilles ; and the Museum also possesses a large series from Carriacou, among the Grenadines, collected a few years ago by Mr. Austin H. Clark. The occurrence of G. soricina on Trinidad has been recorded by Allen and Chapman (1897, p. 15) and by Rehn (1902, p. 38); but I have found no reference to its occurrence in the Windward Islands 230 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. other than that of Dobson (1878, p. 501), who notes specimens in the British Museum from Grenada and " ? Isle of St. Vincent." As this was before longirostris was discriminated, it seems likely that these references are to that species. On the Venezuelan coast, Robinson found longirostris the commoner of the two species of Glossophaga, in the proportion of 12 to 1. In the type specimen of G. longirostris, the lower incisors are entirely wanting, although their alveoli are distinctly visible. Among a series of thirty-four specimens, also from the Santa Marta Mountains, Colombia, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, "the incisors are all present in both jaws" in nearly one half of the individuals; "in about one-third of the series they are entirely absent in both jaws; in the remainder some of the incisors are present and the alveoli of those lacking are clearly indicated. Apparently they are absent, as a rule, only in old specimens " (J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1900, 13, p. 90). All the incisors are present in our series of eleven adults from Grenada, but only five of the thirteen specimens from Carriacou have the entire number. Of the eight in which the number of incisors is incomplete, three have lost one or other of the first lower incisors; one has lost the lower right and the upper left incisors; one, the lower right first and second, and left upper second incisors; one has lost all the lower incisors but the second on the left side; and one has lost the left upper second incisor only. As might be expected, therefore, it is the first lower incisor that is commonly the first to go. As originally suggested by Mr. G. S. Miller Jr., this species is doubtless in process of losing the lower incisors, and is thus approaching the condition found in the related genera, Lichonycteris, Choeronycteris, and Hylonycteris, which have quite lost these teeth. Glossophaga soricina antillarum Rehn. Glossophaga soricina antillarum Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1902, p. 37. The type and two other specimens of this subspecies came from Port Antonio, Jamaica, where they were collected in December, 1890. In a letter to the writer, Mr. Rehn suggests that this race is perhaps nearer to longirostris than to soricina; but on geographical grounds this seems doubtful although no careful comparison of the two has yet been made. The forearm measurement is given as 38 mm.; ex- treme length of skull, 22.5, as against 35 and 20 or 21 for the corre- ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 231 sponding measurements of soricina. A skull collected in the Bahamas and referred to this same subspecies, is stated to be in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. MONOPHYLLUS REDMANI Leach. Monophyllus redmani Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 1822, 13, p. 76. This species, so far as known, is confined to Jamaica. The genus is of peculiar interest in that it is apparently confined to the West Indies, with island races in both Greater and Lesser Antilles. Monophyllus cubanus Miller. Monophyllus cubanus Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1902, p. 4i0. Gundlach (1866-7, p. 48) records this bat from Cuba under the name Monophyllus redmani. He had found it in but two caves, one at Rangel, in the western part of the island, and a second at Guisa, in the eastern extremity. This Cuban representative is later described by Miller as nearest the Jamaican M . redmani, but slightly smaller, with a more slender skull. "In the general form of both skull and teeth it is, however, more closely related to the large Jamai- can species than to the smaller members of the genus." The type and a number of other specimens came from a cave at Baracoa, Cuba. Monophyllus portoricensis Miller. Monophyllus portoricensis Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1900, 2, p. 34. The Porto Rico Monophyllus is the smallest of the four species hitherto made known. The type and five other specimens were collected in a cave at Bayamon, Porto Rico. Monophyllus clinedaphus Miller. Monophyllus clinedaphus Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1900, 2, p. 36. 232 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. In view of the fact that, so far as known, no member of this genus has been taken on the mainland of America, it is probable that this species, described from a single specimen without locality, is likewise Antillean. In size and other characters it approaches nearest to M. redmani of Jamaica. Possibly its home may be looked for in San Domingo. Monophyllus LuciAE Miller. Monophyllus luciae Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1902, p. 411. The Santa Lucia Monophyllus is, as might be expected, " nearly related to that of Barbados. Its larger size and less crowded teeth readily distinguish it." Monophyllus plethodon Miller. Monophyllus plethodon Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., 1900, 2, p. 35. The type was collected in St. Michael's Parish, Barbados. It is a strongly characterized species, and, strangely enough, appears to have escaped observation in this thickly populated island until 1899. Hemiderma perspicillatum (Linne). VespertUio perspiciilattis Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, 1, p. 31. Dobson's (1878, p. 494) statement that this bat occurs "through- out the West Indian islands" is probably based on the fact that he had specimens from the eastern and western extremes of the group, — namely, one each from Grenada and Jamaica. These constitute the only specific records I have found for it in the West Indies. The species is common on the tropical mainland of South and Central America north to southern Mexico. It occurs in Trinidad, whence it may have reached Grenada at times when a connection existed. Its presence in Jamaica may equally be explained by assuming a former connection with the Honduras peninsula. Its case is somewhat paralleled by that of Sturnira Ulium, whose range on the mainland probably did not extend sufficiently far to the north to enable it to reach Cuba by a Yucatan connection. No critical comparison appears to have been made between speci- mens from Jamaica and the mainland. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 233 Sturnira lilium (E. Geoffroy). Phylhstoma lilium E. Geoffroy, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1810, 15, p. 181. The occurrence of this bat in Jamaica is of considerable interest. I have found but two records, namely, those given by Dobson (1878, p. 540) of two skins in the British Museum obtained in Jamaica by P. H. Gosse and J. Gould. On the mainland, this bat is common in northern South America, and in Central America as far north as Honduras and the southernmost states of Mexico. It may therefore have reached Jamaica when there was still a land connection with the Honduras peninsula. In Yucatan it is apparently almost unknown. There is said to be a specimen in the British Museum from northern Yucatan; but otherwise Colima, in southwestern Mexico, seems to be its most northerly record (J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1890, 3, p. 181). It is probably so rare to the north of latitude 20° that it did not reach Cuba by way of the Yucatan connection, thus accounting for its apparent absence on the other Greater Antilles. I have found no record of this bat for the Lesser Antilles, and it is therefore of special interest to note its discovery in the island of Domin- ica by A. H. Verrill. The specimens referred to were among a small collection of bats, now in the Yale University Museum, made by Mr. Yerrill in Dominica in 1906. In addition to the present species, there were a number of Pteronotus davyi, which is well known to occur in this island. Through the kindness of Professor A. E. Yerrill, I was enabled to study the collection, and to obtain one of the specimens of Sturnira for the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The presence of this genus in Dominica is in line with the known occurrence in the same island of representatives of the South American Pteronotus davyi and Myotis nigricans, both of which are present in Trinidad, but have not yet been recorded from the intermediate islands. Brachyphylla cavernarum Gray. Brachyphylla cavernarum Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S34, p. 123. ' This genus is at present known from two species only, cavernarum, of St. Yincent, and nana, of Cuba. The exact significance of this distribution it is perhaps unsafe to conjecture until further research shall have shown more convincingly that the genus does not occur 234 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. on the other Antillean islands. According to Miller it is the least specialized of the stenodermatous bats. Hence, it may once have been more widespread, and the colonies now existing in Cuba and St. Vincent may represent the last remnant of a disappearing race. In St. Vincent this bat was apparently to be found in only one large cave near Barrouallie. Mr. Austin H. Clark, who visited this place in 1903, writes that it is a rather large chamber with two entrances, one at about the high -water mark, and rather low; the other about ten feet in height, through which a boat may be rowed. He saw but two bats, both of which were secured, and proved to be of this species. A few years before, a collector who visited the spot, obtained a large number; and the bats appear subsequently to have left. In his list of mammals of Barbados, Col. Feilden (1890) has in- cluded this species, which, he says, is locally known as the "Night Raven"; and adds that the British Museum has specimens of the genus from Cuba, St. Vincent, and other parts of the West Indies. If this identification be correct, it is of very great interest; and it is to be hoped that the other localities may be verified and published. Brachyphylla nana Miller. Brachyphylla nana Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1902, p. 409. ' So far as known, this bat is confined to the island of Cuba, whence it was described in 1902, from a single skull found at El Guama in the pellet of a Cuban barn owl. It is a smaller animal than the B. cavernarum. In a subsequent paper Mr. Miller (1902c, p. 249) has given external measurements and a description of the skin, on the basis of specimens from the southern part of Santiago province. Dobson, in his Catalogue of the Chiroptera of the British Museum, had recorded this genus from Cuba, but considered the species the same as that of St. Vincent, as did also Gundlach. The latter author (1866-7, p. 50) found it abundant in caves at San Cristobal, and mentions occasional specimens from the vicinity of Matanzas and Cardenas, Cuba. Artibeus jamaicensis Leach. Artibeus jamaicensis Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 1821, 13, p. 75. Jamaica. Madataeus lewisii Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 1821, 13, p. 81. Jamaica. ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 235 Artibeus carpolegus Gosse, Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica, 1851, p. 271, pi. 6, fig. 5. Jamaica. Dcrmanura cm Cope, Amer. Nat., 1889, 23, p. 130. St. Martin's. Artibeus coryi Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1890, 3, p. 173. St. Andrew's. Artibeus insularis Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1904, 20, p. 231. St. Kitt's. Dr. Knud Andersen (1908), in the preparation of his recent mono- graph of this genus, has examined a very large series of this species from various points in Central America and the West Indies, and is unable to find recognizable differences between those from the main- land and those from many of the Antillean Islands. Specimens indistinguishable from typical jamaicensis are found in Panama, Nicaragua, Guatemala, Campeche, and southern Mexico. In the synonymy of this race, Andersen puts several nominal species described from the different islands. He has examined specimens from St. Andrew's, Old Providence Island, Jamaica, San Domingo, Porto Rico, St. Martin's, St. Kitt's. To this race should also probably be referred the specimens recorded by Dr. J. A. Allen (1890, p. 170) from the small islands Anegada, Virgin Gorda, Anguilla, and Antigua; and, according to Andersen, those from San Domingo referred to A. j. parvipes by the same writer (Allen, 1908, p. 581). It is interesting that no specimens are known from the Bahamas, where the genus seems absent. Artibeus jamaicensis parvipes Rehn. Artibeus parvipes Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1902, p. 639. This is the Cuban representative of A. jamaicensis, and the smallest of the group. It is, however, only very slightly smaller than the Jamaican bat. Its supposed occurrence at Key West rests on no satisfactory basis, and should be disregarded until better evidence is forthcoming. According to the studies of Dr. Knud Andersen, the Cuban bat is rather more similar in cranial characters to A. j. yucatanicus of the neighboring peninsula of Yucatan than to typical A. j. jamaicensis, although externally all three are similar. This fact, however, is considered to indicate that parvipes reached Cuba by way of the land tongue now represented by the Yucatan peninsula, a conclusion no doubt well justified. Palmer found this a common species in eastern Cuba, and obtained it in the Isle of Pines as well. 236 bulletin: museum of comparative zoology. Mr. Miller (1902, p. 410) has recorded the finding of remains of this species in the pellets of the Cuban barn owl, which shows that it is occasionally captured by that bird. Artibeus jamaicensis palmarum Allen and Chapman. Artibeus palmarum Allen and Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1897, 9, p. 16. This race, described from the island of Trinidad, is recorded by Andersen (1908, p. 279) from St. Vincent only, of the West Indies. Its occurrence should be expected probably on the intermediate islands, and on Tobago as indicated by this author. Artibeus jamaicensis praeceps Andersen. Artibms jamaicensis praeceps Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1906, ser. 7," 18, p. 421. Andersen has named this race on the basis of three specimens from Dominica and Guadeloupe. The type is from the latter island, and represents a form a very little smaller than A. j. palmarum, of which it is considered a northern offshoot. Its similarity to A. j. aequa- torialis of Ecuador and southern Colombia is so great that the two are indistinguishable, a fact which Andersen believes is due to parallelism in development. Artibeus planirostris grenadensis Andersen. Artibeus planirostris grenadensis Andersen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1906, ser. 7, 18, p. 420.' A series of forty specimens was obtained in 1910 at St. George's, Grenada, from the recesses of an old fort on Richmond Hill. Here was evidently a breeding colony; and as usual among bats of this genus, the adults were mainly of one sex, for, of the thirty adults, all but four were females. The breeding season was apparently over, for all but one of the young obtained were well grown. The single exception was still suckling, and of about half the bulk of its mother. Dr. Knud Andersen (1908, p. 204-319) has shown that the bats of the planirostris group have spread from the mainland of South America to the southernmost of the Lesser Antilles, and in Trinidad and Tobago ALLEN: MAMMALS OF THE WEST INDIES. 237